1 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 2 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 8 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 9 * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation 10 * 11 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 12 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as 13 * published by the Free Software Foundation. 14 */ 15 16 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 17 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 18 #include <linux/list.h> 19 #include <linux/bug.h> 20 #include <linux/netlink.h> 21 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 22 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 23 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 24 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 25 #include <linux/net.h> 26 #include <net/regulatory.h> 27 28 /** 29 * DOC: Introduction 30 * 31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 37 * 38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 39 * use restrictions. 40 */ 41 42 43 /** 44 * DOC: Device registration 45 * 46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 48 * described below. 49 * 50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 55 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the 56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 59 * 60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 63 */ 64 65 struct wiphy; 66 67 /* 68 * wireless hardware capability structures 69 */ 70 71 /** 72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 73 * 74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 75 * 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 78 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 80 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 81 * is not permitted. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 83 * is not permitted. 84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 85 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 86 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 87 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 88 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 89 * restrictions. 90 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 91 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 92 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 93 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 94 * restrictions. 95 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 98 * on this channel. 99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 100 * on this channel. 101 * 102 */ 103 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 104 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, 105 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, 106 /* hole at 1<<2 */ 107 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, 108 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, 109 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, 110 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, 111 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, 112 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, 113 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, 114 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, 115 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, 116 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, 117 }; 118 119 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 120 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 121 122 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 123 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 124 125 /** 126 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 127 * 128 * This structure describes a single channel for use 129 * with cfg80211. 130 * 131 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 132 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 133 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 134 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 135 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 136 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 137 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 138 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 139 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 140 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 141 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 142 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 143 * @orig_mag: internal use 144 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 145 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 146 * on this channel. 147 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 148 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 149 */ 150 struct ieee80211_channel { 151 enum nl80211_band band; 152 u32 center_freq; 153 u16 hw_value; 154 u32 flags; 155 int max_antenna_gain; 156 int max_power; 157 int max_reg_power; 158 bool beacon_found; 159 u32 orig_flags; 160 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 161 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 162 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 163 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 164 }; 165 166 /** 167 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 168 * 169 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 170 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 171 * different bands/PHY modes. 172 * 173 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 174 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 175 * with CCK rates. 176 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 177 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 178 * core code when registering the wiphy. 179 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 180 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 181 * core code when registering the wiphy. 182 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 183 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 184 * core code when registering the wiphy. 185 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 186 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 187 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 188 */ 189 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 190 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, 191 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, 192 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, 193 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, 194 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, 195 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, 196 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, 197 }; 198 199 /** 200 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 201 * 202 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 203 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 204 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 205 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 206 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 207 */ 208 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 209 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 210 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 211 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 212 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 213 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 214 }; 215 216 /** 217 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 218 * 219 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 220 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 221 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 222 */ 223 enum ieee80211_privacy { 224 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 225 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 226 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 227 }; 228 229 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 230 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 231 232 /** 233 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 234 * 235 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 236 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 237 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 238 * passed around. 239 * 240 * @flags: rate-specific flags 241 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 242 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 243 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 244 * short preamble is used 245 */ 246 struct ieee80211_rate { 247 u32 flags; 248 u16 bitrate; 249 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 250 }; 251 252 /** 253 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 254 * 255 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 256 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 257 * 258 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 259 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 260 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 261 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 262 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 263 */ 264 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 265 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 266 bool ht_supported; 267 u8 ampdu_factor; 268 u8 ampdu_density; 269 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 270 }; 271 272 /** 273 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 274 * 275 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 276 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 277 * 278 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 279 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 280 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 281 */ 282 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 283 bool vht_supported; 284 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 285 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 286 }; 287 288 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 289 290 /** 291 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 292 * 293 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 294 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 295 * 296 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 297 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 298 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 299 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 300 */ 301 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 302 bool has_he; 303 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 304 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 305 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 306 }; 307 308 /** 309 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data 310 * 311 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 312 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 313 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 314 * 315 * @types_mask: interface types mask 316 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 317 */ 318 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 319 u16 types_mask; 320 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 321 }; 322 323 /** 324 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 325 * 326 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 327 * is able to operate in. 328 * 329 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in 330 * in this band. 331 * @band: the band this structure represents 332 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 333 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 334 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 335 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 336 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 337 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 338 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 339 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 340 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 341 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 342 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 343 * iftype_data). 344 */ 345 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 346 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 347 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 348 enum nl80211_band band; 349 int n_channels; 350 int n_bitrates; 351 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 352 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 353 u16 n_iftype_data; 354 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data; 355 }; 356 357 /** 358 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 359 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 360 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 361 * 362 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 363 */ 364 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 365 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 366 u8 iftype) 367 { 368 int i; 369 370 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) 371 return NULL; 372 373 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) { 374 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 375 &sband->iftype_data[i]; 376 377 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 378 return data; 379 } 380 381 return NULL; 382 } 383 384 /** 385 * ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's STA 386 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 387 * 388 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 389 */ 390 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 391 ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband) 392 { 393 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 394 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION); 395 396 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 397 return &data->he_cap; 398 399 return NULL; 400 } 401 402 /** 403 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 404 * 405 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 406 * 407 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 408 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 409 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 410 * 411 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 412 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 413 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 414 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 415 * without affecting other devices. 416 * 417 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 418 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 419 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 420 */ 421 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 422 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 423 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 424 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 425 { 426 } 427 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 428 429 430 /* 431 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 432 */ 433 434 /** 435 * DOC: Actions and configuration 436 * 437 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 438 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 439 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 440 * operations use are described separately. 441 * 442 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 443 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 444 * 445 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 446 * in a separate chapter. 447 */ 448 449 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 450 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 451 452 /** 453 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 454 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 455 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 456 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 457 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 458 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 459 * determine the address as needed. 460 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 461 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 462 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 463 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 464 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 465 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 466 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 467 */ 468 struct vif_params { 469 u32 flags; 470 int use_4addr; 471 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 472 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 473 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 474 }; 475 476 /** 477 * struct key_params - key information 478 * 479 * Information about a key 480 * 481 * @key: key material 482 * @key_len: length of key material 483 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 484 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 485 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 486 * length given by @seq_len. 487 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 488 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 489 */ 490 struct key_params { 491 const u8 *key; 492 const u8 *seq; 493 int key_len; 494 int seq_len; 495 u32 cipher; 496 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 497 }; 498 499 /** 500 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 501 * @chan: the (control) channel 502 * @width: channel width 503 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 504 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 505 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 506 */ 507 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 508 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 509 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 510 u32 center_freq1; 511 u32 center_freq2; 512 }; 513 514 /** 515 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 516 * @chandef: the channel definition 517 * 518 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 519 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 520 */ 521 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 522 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 523 { 524 switch (chandef->width) { 525 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 526 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 527 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 528 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 529 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 530 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 531 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 532 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 533 default: 534 WARN_ON(1); 535 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 536 } 537 } 538 539 /** 540 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 541 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 542 * @channel: the control channel 543 * @chantype: the channel type 544 * 545 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 546 */ 547 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 548 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 549 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 550 551 /** 552 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 553 * @chandef1: first channel definition 554 * @chandef2: second channel definition 555 * 556 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 557 * identical, %false otherwise. 558 */ 559 static inline bool 560 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 561 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 562 { 563 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 564 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 565 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 566 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); 567 } 568 569 /** 570 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 571 * @chandef1: first channel definition 572 * @chandef2: second channel definition 573 * 574 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 575 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 576 */ 577 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 578 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 579 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 580 581 /** 582 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 583 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 584 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 585 */ 586 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 587 588 /** 589 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 590 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 591 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 592 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 593 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 594 */ 595 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 596 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 597 u32 prohibited_flags); 598 599 /** 600 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 601 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 602 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 603 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 604 * Returns: 605 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 606 */ 607 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 608 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 609 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 610 611 /** 612 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel 613 * 614 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK 615 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. 616 * 617 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 618 * 619 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel 620 */ 621 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 622 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 623 { 624 switch (chandef->width) { 625 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 626 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; 627 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 628 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; 629 default: 630 break; 631 } 632 return 0; 633 } 634 635 /** 636 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 637 * 638 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 639 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 640 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 641 * 642 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 643 * 644 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 645 */ 646 static inline int 647 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 648 { 649 switch (chandef->width) { 650 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 651 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 652 chandef->chan->max_power); 653 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 654 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 655 chandef->chan->max_power); 656 default: 657 break; 658 } 659 return chandef->chan->max_power; 660 } 661 662 /** 663 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 664 * 665 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 666 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 667 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 668 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 669 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 670 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 671 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 672 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 673 * 674 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 675 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 676 */ 677 enum survey_info_flags { 678 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 679 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 680 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 681 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 682 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 683 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 684 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 685 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 686 }; 687 688 /** 689 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 690 * 691 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 692 * record to report global statistics 693 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 694 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 695 * optional 696 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 697 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 698 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 699 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 700 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 701 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 702 * 703 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 704 * 705 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 706 * channel duty cycle etc. 707 */ 708 struct survey_info { 709 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 710 u64 time; 711 u64 time_busy; 712 u64 time_ext_busy; 713 u64 time_rx; 714 u64 time_tx; 715 u64 time_scan; 716 u32 filled; 717 s8 noise; 718 }; 719 720 #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4 721 722 /** 723 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 724 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 725 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 726 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 727 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 728 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 729 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 730 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 731 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 732 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 733 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 734 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 735 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 736 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 737 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 738 * protocol frames. 739 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 740 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 741 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 742 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 743 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 744 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 745 */ 746 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 747 u32 wpa_versions; 748 u32 cipher_group; 749 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 750 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 751 int n_akm_suites; 752 u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES]; 753 bool control_port; 754 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 755 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 756 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 757 struct key_params *wep_keys; 758 int wep_tx_key; 759 const u8 *psk; 760 }; 761 762 /** 763 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 764 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 765 * or %NULL if not changed 766 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 767 * or %NULL if not changed 768 * @head_len: length of @head 769 * @tail_len: length of @tail 770 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 771 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 772 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 773 * frames or %NULL 774 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 775 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 776 * Response frames or %NULL 777 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 778 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 779 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 780 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 781 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 782 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 783 * (measurement type 8) 784 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 785 * Token (measurement type 11) 786 * @lci_len: LCI data length 787 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 788 */ 789 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 790 const u8 *head, *tail; 791 const u8 *beacon_ies; 792 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 793 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 794 const u8 *probe_resp; 795 const u8 *lci; 796 const u8 *civicloc; 797 s8 ftm_responder; 798 799 size_t head_len, tail_len; 800 size_t beacon_ies_len; 801 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 802 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 803 size_t probe_resp_len; 804 size_t lci_len; 805 size_t civicloc_len; 806 }; 807 808 struct mac_address { 809 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 810 }; 811 812 /** 813 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 814 * 815 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 816 * entry specified by mac_addr 817 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 818 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 819 */ 820 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 821 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 822 int n_acl_entries; 823 824 /* Keep it last */ 825 struct mac_address mac_addrs[]; 826 }; 827 828 /* 829 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 830 */ 831 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 832 struct { 833 u32 legacy; 834 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 835 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 836 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 837 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 838 }; 839 840 /** 841 * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags 842 * 843 * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings 844 * 845 * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication 846 */ 847 enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags { 848 AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(0), 849 }; 850 851 /** 852 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 853 * 854 * Used to configure an AP interface. 855 * 856 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 857 * @beacon: beacon data 858 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 859 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 860 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 861 * user space) 862 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 863 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 864 * @crypto: crypto settings 865 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 866 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 867 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode 868 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 869 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 870 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 871 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 872 * MAC address based access control 873 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 874 * networks. 875 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 876 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 877 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 878 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 879 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 880 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 881 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags 882 */ 883 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 884 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 885 886 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 887 888 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 889 const u8 *ssid; 890 size_t ssid_len; 891 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 892 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 893 bool privacy; 894 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 895 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 896 int inactivity_timeout; 897 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 898 bool p2p_opp_ps; 899 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 900 bool pbss; 901 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 902 903 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 904 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 905 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 906 bool ht_required, vht_required; 907 u32 flags; 908 }; 909 910 /** 911 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 912 * 913 * Used for channel switch 914 * 915 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 916 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 917 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 918 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 919 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 920 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 921 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 922 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 923 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 924 * @count: number of beacons until switch 925 */ 926 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 927 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 928 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 929 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 930 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 931 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 932 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 933 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 934 bool radar_required; 935 bool block_tx; 936 u8 count; 937 }; 938 939 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10 940 941 /** 942 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 943 * 944 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 945 * 946 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 947 * to use for verification 948 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 949 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 950 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 951 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 952 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 953 * nl80211_iftype. 954 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 955 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 956 * the verification 957 */ 958 struct iface_combination_params { 959 int num_different_channels; 960 u8 radar_detect; 961 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 962 u32 new_beacon_int; 963 }; 964 965 /** 966 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 967 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 968 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 969 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 970 * 971 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 972 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 973 */ 974 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 975 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 976 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 977 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 978 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3), 979 }; 980 981 /** 982 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 983 * 984 * Used to configure txpower for station. 985 * 986 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 987 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 988 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 989 * power per-interface or per-station. 990 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 991 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 992 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 993 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 994 * per peer TPC. 995 */ 996 struct sta_txpwr { 997 s16 power; 998 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 999 }; 1000 1001 /** 1002 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1003 * 1004 * Used to change and create a new station. 1005 * 1006 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1007 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1008 * (or NULL for no change) 1009 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1010 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1011 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1012 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1013 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1014 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1015 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1016 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1017 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1018 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1019 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1020 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1021 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1022 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1023 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1024 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1025 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1026 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1027 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1028 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1029 * to unknown) 1030 * @capability: station capability 1031 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1032 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1033 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1034 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1035 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1036 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1037 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1038 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1039 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1040 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1041 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1042 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1043 */ 1044 struct station_parameters { 1045 const u8 *supported_rates; 1046 struct net_device *vlan; 1047 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1048 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1049 int listen_interval; 1050 u16 aid; 1051 u16 peer_aid; 1052 u8 supported_rates_len; 1053 u8 plink_action; 1054 u8 plink_state; 1055 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1056 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1057 u8 uapsd_queues; 1058 u8 max_sp; 1059 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1060 u16 capability; 1061 const u8 *ext_capab; 1062 u8 ext_capab_len; 1063 const u8 *supported_channels; 1064 u8 supported_channels_len; 1065 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1066 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1067 u8 opmode_notif; 1068 bool opmode_notif_used; 1069 int support_p2p_ps; 1070 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1071 u8 he_capa_len; 1072 u16 airtime_weight; 1073 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1074 }; 1075 1076 /** 1077 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1078 * 1079 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1080 * 1081 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1082 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1083 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1084 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1085 */ 1086 struct station_del_parameters { 1087 const u8 *mac; 1088 u8 subtype; 1089 u16 reason_code; 1090 }; 1091 1092 /** 1093 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1094 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1095 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1096 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1097 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1098 * the AP MLME in the device 1099 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1100 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1101 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1102 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1103 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1104 * supported/used) 1105 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1106 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1107 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1108 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1109 */ 1110 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1111 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1112 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1113 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1114 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1115 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1116 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1117 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1118 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1119 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1120 }; 1121 1122 /** 1123 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1124 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1125 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1126 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1127 * 1128 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1129 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1130 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if 1131 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for 1132 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. 1133 */ 1134 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1135 struct station_parameters *params, 1136 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1137 1138 /** 1139 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags 1140 * 1141 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1142 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1143 * 1144 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1145 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1146 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1147 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G: 60GHz MCS 1148 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1149 */ 1150 enum rate_info_flags { 1151 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1152 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1153 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1154 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G = BIT(3), 1155 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1156 }; 1157 1158 /** 1159 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1160 * 1161 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1162 * 1163 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1164 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1165 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1166 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1167 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1168 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1169 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1170 */ 1171 enum rate_info_bw { 1172 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1173 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1174 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1175 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1176 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1177 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1178 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1179 }; 1180 1181 /** 1182 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1183 * 1184 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1185 * 1186 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1187 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate 1188 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1189 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1190 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1191 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1192 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1193 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1194 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1195 */ 1196 struct rate_info { 1197 u8 flags; 1198 u8 mcs; 1199 u16 legacy; 1200 u8 nss; 1201 u8 bw; 1202 u8 he_gi; 1203 u8 he_dcm; 1204 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1205 }; 1206 1207 /** 1208 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags 1209 * 1210 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1211 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1212 * 1213 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1214 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1215 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1216 */ 1217 enum bss_param_flags { 1218 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, 1219 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, 1220 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, 1221 }; 1222 1223 /** 1224 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1225 * 1226 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1227 * 1228 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1229 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1230 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1231 */ 1232 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1233 u8 flags; 1234 u8 dtim_period; 1235 u16 beacon_interval; 1236 }; 1237 1238 /** 1239 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1240 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1241 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1242 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1243 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1244 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1245 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1246 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1247 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1248 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1249 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1250 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1251 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 1252 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 1253 */ 1254 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 1255 u32 filled; 1256 u32 backlog_bytes; 1257 u32 backlog_packets; 1258 u32 flows; 1259 u32 drops; 1260 u32 ecn_marks; 1261 u32 overlimit; 1262 u32 overmemory; 1263 u32 collisions; 1264 u32 tx_bytes; 1265 u32 tx_packets; 1266 u32 max_flows; 1267 }; 1268 1269 /** 1270 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 1271 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 1272 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1273 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 1274 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 1275 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 1276 * transmitted MSDUs 1277 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 1278 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 1279 */ 1280 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 1281 u32 filled; 1282 u64 rx_msdu; 1283 u64 tx_msdu; 1284 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 1285 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 1286 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 1287 }; 1288 1289 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 1290 1291 /** 1292 * struct station_info - station information 1293 * 1294 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 1295 * 1296 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 1297 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 1298 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 1299 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 1300 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 1301 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 1302 * @llid: mesh local link id 1303 * @plid: mesh peer link id 1304 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 1305 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1306 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1307 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1308 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1309 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 1310 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 1311 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 1312 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 1313 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 1314 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 1315 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 1316 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 1317 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 1318 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 1319 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 1320 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1321 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 1322 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1323 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1324 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 1325 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 1326 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 1327 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 1328 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 1329 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 1330 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 1331 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 1332 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 1333 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 1334 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 1335 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 1336 * towards this station. 1337 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 1338 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 1339 * from this peer 1340 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 1341 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 1342 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 1343 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 1344 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 1345 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 1346 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 1347 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 1348 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 1349 * been sent. 1350 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 1351 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 1352 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 1353 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 1354 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 1355 */ 1356 struct station_info { 1357 u64 filled; 1358 u32 connected_time; 1359 u32 inactive_time; 1360 u64 rx_bytes; 1361 u64 tx_bytes; 1362 u16 llid; 1363 u16 plid; 1364 u8 plink_state; 1365 s8 signal; 1366 s8 signal_avg; 1367 1368 u8 chains; 1369 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1370 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1371 1372 struct rate_info txrate; 1373 struct rate_info rxrate; 1374 u32 rx_packets; 1375 u32 tx_packets; 1376 u32 tx_retries; 1377 u32 tx_failed; 1378 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 1379 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 1380 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 1381 1382 int generation; 1383 1384 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 1385 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 1386 1387 u32 beacon_loss_count; 1388 s64 t_offset; 1389 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1390 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 1391 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 1392 1393 u32 expected_throughput; 1394 1395 u64 tx_duration; 1396 u64 rx_duration; 1397 u64 rx_beacon; 1398 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 1399 u8 connected_to_gate; 1400 1401 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 1402 s8 ack_signal; 1403 s8 avg_ack_signal; 1404 1405 u16 airtime_weight; 1406 1407 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 1408 u32 fcs_err_count; 1409 1410 u32 airtime_link_metric; 1411 }; 1412 1413 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 1414 /** 1415 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 1416 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 1417 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 1418 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 1419 * 1420 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 1421 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 1422 * considered undefined. 1423 */ 1424 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 1425 struct station_info *sinfo); 1426 #else 1427 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 1428 const u8 *mac_addr, 1429 struct station_info *sinfo) 1430 { 1431 return -ENOENT; 1432 } 1433 #endif 1434 1435 /** 1436 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 1437 * 1438 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 1439 * according to the nl80211 flags. 1440 * 1441 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 1442 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 1443 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 1444 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 1445 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 1446 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing 1447 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 1448 */ 1449 enum monitor_flags { 1450 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 1451 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 1452 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 1453 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 1454 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 1455 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 1456 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 1457 }; 1458 1459 /** 1460 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 1461 * 1462 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 1463 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 1464 * 1465 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 1466 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 1467 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 1468 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 1469 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 1470 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 1471 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 1472 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 1473 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 1474 */ 1475 enum mpath_info_flags { 1476 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 1477 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 1478 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 1479 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 1480 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 1481 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 1482 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 1483 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 1484 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 1485 }; 1486 1487 /** 1488 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 1489 * 1490 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 1491 * 1492 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 1493 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 1494 * @sn: target sequence number 1495 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 1496 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 1497 * @flags: mesh path flags 1498 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 1499 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 1500 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1501 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 1502 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1503 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1504 * @hop_count: hops to destination 1505 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 1506 */ 1507 struct mpath_info { 1508 u32 filled; 1509 u32 frame_qlen; 1510 u32 sn; 1511 u32 metric; 1512 u32 exptime; 1513 u32 discovery_timeout; 1514 u8 discovery_retries; 1515 u8 flags; 1516 u8 hop_count; 1517 u32 path_change_count; 1518 1519 int generation; 1520 }; 1521 1522 /** 1523 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 1524 * 1525 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 1526 * 1527 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 1528 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1529 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 1530 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1531 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 1532 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1533 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1534 * (or NULL for no change) 1535 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 1536 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 1537 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 1538 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 1539 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 1540 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 1541 */ 1542 struct bss_parameters { 1543 int use_cts_prot; 1544 int use_short_preamble; 1545 int use_short_slot_time; 1546 const u8 *basic_rates; 1547 u8 basic_rates_len; 1548 int ap_isolate; 1549 int ht_opmode; 1550 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 1551 }; 1552 1553 /** 1554 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 1555 * 1556 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 1557 * 1558 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 1559 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 1560 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 1561 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 1562 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 1563 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 1564 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 1565 * mesh interface 1566 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 1567 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 1568 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 1569 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 1570 * elements 1571 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 1572 * detect compatible mesh peers 1573 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 1574 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 1575 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 1576 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 1577 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 1578 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 1579 * a path discovery in milliseconds 1580 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1581 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 1582 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 1583 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1584 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 1585 * element 1586 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1587 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 1588 * element 1589 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 1590 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 1591 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 1592 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 1593 * announcements are transmitted 1594 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 1595 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 1596 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 1597 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 1598 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 1599 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 1600 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 1601 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 1602 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 1603 * station to establish a peer link 1604 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 1605 * 1606 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1607 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 1608 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 1609 * 1610 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 1611 * PREQs are transmitted. 1612 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 1613 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 1614 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 1615 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 1616 * setting for new peer links. 1617 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 1618 * after transmitting its beacon. 1619 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 1620 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 1621 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 1622 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 1623 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 1624 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 1625 * in the mesh path table 1626 */ 1627 struct mesh_config { 1628 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 1629 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 1630 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 1631 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 1632 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 1633 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 1634 u8 element_ttl; 1635 bool auto_open_plinks; 1636 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 1637 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 1638 u32 path_refresh_time; 1639 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 1640 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 1641 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 1642 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 1643 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 1644 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 1645 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 1646 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 1647 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 1648 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 1649 s32 rssi_threshold; 1650 u16 ht_opmode; 1651 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 1652 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 1653 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 1654 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 1655 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 1656 u32 plink_timeout; 1657 }; 1658 1659 /** 1660 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 1661 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1662 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 1663 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 1664 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 1665 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 1666 * @path_metric: which metric to use 1667 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 1668 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 1669 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 1670 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 1671 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 1672 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 1673 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 1674 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 1675 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 1676 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 1677 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1678 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 1679 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 1680 * to operate on DFS channels. 1681 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1682 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1683 * 1684 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 1685 */ 1686 struct mesh_setup { 1687 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1688 const u8 *mesh_id; 1689 u8 mesh_id_len; 1690 u8 sync_method; 1691 u8 path_sel_proto; 1692 u8 path_metric; 1693 u8 auth_id; 1694 const u8 *ie; 1695 u8 ie_len; 1696 bool is_authenticated; 1697 bool is_secure; 1698 bool user_mpm; 1699 u8 dtim_period; 1700 u16 beacon_interval; 1701 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1702 u32 basic_rates; 1703 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1704 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 1705 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1706 }; 1707 1708 /** 1709 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 1710 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1711 * 1712 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 1713 */ 1714 struct ocb_setup { 1715 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1716 }; 1717 1718 /** 1719 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 1720 * @ac: AC identifier 1721 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 1722 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 1723 * 1..32767] 1724 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 1725 * 1..32767] 1726 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 1727 */ 1728 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 1729 enum nl80211_ac ac; 1730 u16 txop; 1731 u16 cwmin; 1732 u16 cwmax; 1733 u8 aifs; 1734 }; 1735 1736 /** 1737 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 1738 * 1739 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 1740 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 1741 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 1742 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 1743 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 1744 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 1745 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 1746 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 1747 * in the wiphy structure. 1748 * 1749 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 1750 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 1751 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 1752 * 1753 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 1754 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 1755 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 1756 * to userspace. 1757 */ 1758 1759 /** 1760 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 1761 * @ssid: the SSID 1762 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 1763 */ 1764 struct cfg80211_ssid { 1765 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 1766 u8 ssid_len; 1767 }; 1768 1769 /** 1770 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 1771 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 1772 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 1773 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 1774 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 1775 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 1776 * userspace will be notified of that 1777 */ 1778 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 1779 u64 scan_start_tsf; 1780 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1781 bool aborted; 1782 }; 1783 1784 /** 1785 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 1786 * 1787 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 1788 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 1789 * @channels: channels to scan on. 1790 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 1791 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 1792 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 1793 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 1794 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 1795 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 1796 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 1797 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 1798 * %duration field. 1799 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 1800 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 1801 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 1802 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 1803 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 1804 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan 1805 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted 1806 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 1807 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 1808 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 1809 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 1810 * be taken from the @mac_addr 1811 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 1812 */ 1813 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 1814 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 1815 int n_ssids; 1816 u32 n_channels; 1817 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 1818 const u8 *ie; 1819 size_t ie_len; 1820 u16 duration; 1821 bool duration_mandatory; 1822 u32 flags; 1823 1824 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1825 1826 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 1827 1828 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1829 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1830 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1831 1832 /* internal */ 1833 struct wiphy *wiphy; 1834 unsigned long scan_start; 1835 struct cfg80211_scan_info info; 1836 bool notified; 1837 bool no_cck; 1838 1839 /* keep last */ 1840 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0]; 1841 }; 1842 1843 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 1844 { 1845 int i; 1846 1847 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 1848 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 1849 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 1850 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 1851 } 1852 } 1853 1854 /** 1855 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 1856 * 1857 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 1858 * or no match (RSSI only) 1859 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 1860 * or no match (RSSI only) 1861 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 1862 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied 1863 * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support 1864 * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability 1865 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band 1866 * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified. 1867 * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of 1868 * corresponding matchset. 1869 */ 1870 struct cfg80211_match_set { 1871 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 1872 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 1873 s32 rssi_thold; 1874 s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1875 }; 1876 1877 /** 1878 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 1879 * 1880 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 1881 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 1882 * infinite loop. 1883 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 1884 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 1885 */ 1886 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 1887 u32 interval; 1888 u32 iterations; 1889 }; 1890 1891 /** 1892 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 1893 * 1894 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 1895 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 1896 */ 1897 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 1898 enum nl80211_band band; 1899 s8 delta; 1900 }; 1901 1902 /** 1903 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 1904 * 1905 * @reqid: identifies this request. 1906 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 1907 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 1908 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 1909 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 1910 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 1911 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 1912 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 1913 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 1914 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 1915 * (others are filtered out). 1916 * If ommited, all results are passed. 1917 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 1918 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 1919 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 1920 * @dev: the interface 1921 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 1922 * @channels: channels to scan 1923 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 1924 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 1925 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 1926 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 1927 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 1928 * be taken from the @mac_addr 1929 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 1930 * index must be executed first. 1931 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 1932 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 1933 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 1934 * owned by a particular socket) 1935 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 1936 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 1937 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 1938 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 1939 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 1940 * supported. 1941 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 1942 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 1943 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 1944 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 1945 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 1946 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 1947 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 1948 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 1949 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 1950 * comparisions. 1951 */ 1952 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 1953 u64 reqid; 1954 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 1955 int n_ssids; 1956 u32 n_channels; 1957 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 1958 const u8 *ie; 1959 size_t ie_len; 1960 u32 flags; 1961 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 1962 int n_match_sets; 1963 s32 min_rssi_thold; 1964 u32 delay; 1965 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 1966 int n_scan_plans; 1967 1968 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1969 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1970 1971 bool relative_rssi_set; 1972 s8 relative_rssi; 1973 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 1974 1975 /* internal */ 1976 struct wiphy *wiphy; 1977 struct net_device *dev; 1978 unsigned long scan_start; 1979 bool report_results; 1980 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 1981 u32 owner_nlportid; 1982 bool nl_owner_dead; 1983 struct list_head list; 1984 1985 /* keep last */ 1986 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0]; 1987 }; 1988 1989 /** 1990 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 1991 * 1992 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 1993 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 1994 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 1995 */ 1996 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 1997 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 1998 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 1999 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 2000 }; 2001 2002 /** 2003 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 2004 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 2005 * @scan_width: scan width that was used 2006 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 2007 * signal type 2008 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 2009 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 2010 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 2011 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 2012 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 2013 * ktime_get_boot_ns() is likely appropriate. 2014 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 2015 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 2016 * by %parent_bssid. 2017 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 2018 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 2019 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2020 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2021 */ 2022 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 2023 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2024 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2025 s32 signal; 2026 u64 boottime_ns; 2027 u64 parent_tsf; 2028 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2029 u8 chains; 2030 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2031 }; 2032 2033 /** 2034 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 2035 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 2036 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 2037 * @len: length of the IEs 2038 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 2039 * @data: IE data 2040 */ 2041 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 2042 u64 tsf; 2043 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2044 int len; 2045 bool from_beacon; 2046 u8 data[]; 2047 }; 2048 2049 /** 2050 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 2051 * 2052 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 2053 * for use in scan results and similar. 2054 * 2055 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 2056 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 2057 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 2058 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 2059 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 2060 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 2061 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 2062 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 2063 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 2064 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 2065 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 2066 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 2067 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 2068 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 2069 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 2070 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 2071 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 2072 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 2073 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 2074 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 2075 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 2076 * (multi-BSSID support) 2077 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 2078 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2079 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2080 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 2081 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 2082 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 2083 */ 2084 struct cfg80211_bss { 2085 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2086 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2087 2088 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 2089 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 2090 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 2091 2092 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 2093 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 2094 struct list_head nontrans_list; 2095 2096 s32 signal; 2097 2098 u16 beacon_interval; 2099 u16 capability; 2100 2101 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2102 u8 chains; 2103 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2104 2105 u8 bssid_index; 2106 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 2107 2108 u8 priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 2109 }; 2110 2111 /** 2112 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 2113 * @bss: the bss to search 2114 * @id: the element ID 2115 * 2116 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2117 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2118 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2119 */ 2120 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 2121 2122 /** 2123 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 2124 * @bss: the bss to search 2125 * @id: the element ID 2126 * 2127 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2128 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2129 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2130 */ 2131 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 2132 { 2133 return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 2134 } 2135 2136 2137 /** 2138 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 2139 * 2140 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2141 * authentication. 2142 * 2143 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 2144 * to it if it needs to keep it. 2145 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2146 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 2147 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2148 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2149 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2150 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2151 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 2152 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 2153 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 2154 * transaction sequence number field. 2155 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 2156 */ 2157 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 2158 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2159 const u8 *ie; 2160 size_t ie_len; 2161 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2162 const u8 *key; 2163 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2164 const u8 *auth_data; 2165 size_t auth_data_len; 2166 }; 2167 2168 /** 2169 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 2170 * 2171 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 2172 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 2173 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 2174 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 2175 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 2176 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 2177 * request (connect callback). 2178 */ 2179 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 2180 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 2181 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 2182 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 2183 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 2184 }; 2185 2186 /** 2187 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 2188 * 2189 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2190 * (re)association. 2191 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 2192 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 2193 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 2194 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 2195 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 2196 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2197 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 2198 * @crypto: crypto settings 2199 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2200 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2201 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2202 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2203 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2204 * frame. 2205 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2206 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2207 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2208 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2209 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 2210 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 2211 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 2212 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 2213 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 2214 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 2215 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 2216 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2217 */ 2218 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 2219 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2220 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 2221 size_t ie_len; 2222 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2223 bool use_mfp; 2224 u32 flags; 2225 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2226 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2227 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 2228 const u8 *fils_kek; 2229 size_t fils_kek_len; 2230 const u8 *fils_nonces; 2231 }; 2232 2233 /** 2234 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 2235 * 2236 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2237 * deauthentication. 2238 * 2239 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from 2240 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 2241 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2242 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 2243 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 2244 * do not set a deauth frame 2245 */ 2246 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 2247 const u8 *bssid; 2248 const u8 *ie; 2249 size_t ie_len; 2250 u16 reason_code; 2251 bool local_state_change; 2252 }; 2253 2254 /** 2255 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 2256 * 2257 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2258 * disassociation. 2259 * 2260 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from 2261 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 2262 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2263 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 2264 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 2265 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 2266 */ 2267 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 2268 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2269 const u8 *ie; 2270 size_t ie_len; 2271 u16 reason_code; 2272 bool local_state_change; 2273 }; 2274 2275 /** 2276 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 2277 * 2278 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 2279 * method. 2280 * 2281 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 2282 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 2283 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 2284 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 2285 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 2286 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 2287 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 2288 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 2289 * @ie_len: length of that 2290 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2291 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 2292 * after joining 2293 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 2294 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 2295 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 2296 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 2297 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2298 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2299 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2300 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2301 * to operate on DFS channels. 2302 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 2303 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 2304 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2305 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2306 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2307 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 2308 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 2309 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 2310 */ 2311 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 2312 const u8 *ssid; 2313 const u8 *bssid; 2314 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2315 const u8 *ie; 2316 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 2317 u16 beacon_interval; 2318 u32 basic_rates; 2319 bool channel_fixed; 2320 bool privacy; 2321 bool control_port; 2322 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2323 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2324 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2325 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2326 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2327 struct key_params *wep_keys; 2328 int wep_tx_key; 2329 }; 2330 2331 /** 2332 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 2333 * 2334 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 2335 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 2336 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 2337 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 2338 */ 2339 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 2340 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 2341 union { 2342 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 2343 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 2344 } param; 2345 }; 2346 2347 /** 2348 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 2349 * 2350 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2351 * authentication and association. 2352 * 2353 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 2354 * on scan results) 2355 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 2356 * %NULL if not specified 2357 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 2358 * results) 2359 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 2360 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 2361 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 2362 * to use. 2363 * @ssid: SSID 2364 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 2365 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2366 * @ie: IEs for association request 2367 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 2368 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 2369 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 2370 * @crypto: crypto settings 2371 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2372 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2373 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2374 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2375 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 2376 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 2377 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2378 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2379 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2380 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 2381 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 2382 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 2383 * networks. 2384 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 2385 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2386 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2387 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2388 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2389 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2390 * frame. 2391 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 2392 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 2393 * data IE. 2394 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 2395 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 2396 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 2397 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2398 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 2399 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 2400 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2401 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 2402 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 2403 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 2404 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 2405 * offload of 4-way handshake. 2406 */ 2407 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 2408 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2409 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 2410 const u8 *bssid; 2411 const u8 *bssid_hint; 2412 const u8 *ssid; 2413 size_t ssid_len; 2414 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2415 const u8 *ie; 2416 size_t ie_len; 2417 bool privacy; 2418 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 2419 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2420 const u8 *key; 2421 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2422 u32 flags; 2423 int bg_scan_period; 2424 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2425 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2426 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 2427 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 2428 bool pbss; 2429 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 2430 const u8 *prev_bssid; 2431 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 2432 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 2433 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 2434 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 2435 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 2436 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 2437 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 2438 bool want_1x; 2439 }; 2440 2441 /** 2442 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 2443 * 2444 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 2445 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 2446 * 2447 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 2448 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 2449 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 2450 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 2451 */ 2452 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 2453 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 2454 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 2455 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 2456 }; 2457 2458 /** 2459 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 2460 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 2461 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 2462 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 2463 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 2464 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 2465 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 2466 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 2467 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 2468 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 2469 */ 2470 enum wiphy_params_flags { 2471 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, 2472 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, 2473 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, 2474 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, 2475 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, 2476 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, 2477 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, 2478 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, 2479 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, 2480 }; 2481 2482 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 2483 2484 /** 2485 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 2486 * 2487 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 2488 * caching. 2489 * 2490 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 2491 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 2492 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 2493 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 2494 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 2495 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 2496 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 2497 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 2498 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 2499 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 2500 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 2501 * %NULL). 2502 */ 2503 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 2504 const u8 *bssid; 2505 const u8 *pmkid; 2506 const u8 *pmk; 2507 size_t pmk_len; 2508 const u8 *ssid; 2509 size_t ssid_len; 2510 const u8 *cache_id; 2511 }; 2512 2513 /** 2514 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 2515 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 2516 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 2517 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 2518 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 2519 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 2520 * 2521 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 2522 * memory, free @mask only! 2523 */ 2524 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 2525 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 2526 int pattern_len; 2527 int pkt_offset; 2528 }; 2529 2530 /** 2531 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 2532 * 2533 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 2534 * @src: source IP address 2535 * @dst: destination IP address 2536 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 2537 * @src_port: source port 2538 * @dst_port: destination port 2539 * @payload_len: data payload length 2540 * @payload: data payload buffer 2541 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 2542 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 2543 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 2544 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 2545 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 2546 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 2547 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 2548 */ 2549 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 2550 struct socket *sock; 2551 __be32 src, dst; 2552 u16 src_port, dst_port; 2553 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 2554 int payload_len; 2555 const u8 *payload; 2556 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 2557 u32 data_interval; 2558 u32 wake_len; 2559 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 2560 u32 tokens_size; 2561 /* must be last, variable member */ 2562 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 2563 }; 2564 2565 /** 2566 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 2567 * 2568 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 2569 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 2570 * operating as normal during suspend 2571 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 2572 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 2573 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 2574 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 2575 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 2576 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 2577 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 2578 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 2579 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 2580 * NULL if not configured. 2581 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 2582 */ 2583 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 2584 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 2585 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 2586 rfkill_release; 2587 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 2588 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 2589 int n_patterns; 2590 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 2591 }; 2592 2593 /** 2594 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 2595 * 2596 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 2597 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 2598 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 2599 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 2600 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 2601 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 2602 */ 2603 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 2604 int delay; 2605 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 2606 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 2607 int n_patterns; 2608 }; 2609 2610 /** 2611 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 2612 * 2613 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 2614 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 2615 * @n_rules: number of rules 2616 */ 2617 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 2618 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; 2619 int n_rules; 2620 }; 2621 2622 /** 2623 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 2624 * 2625 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 2626 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 2627 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 2628 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 2629 * occurred (in MHz) 2630 */ 2631 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 2632 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2633 int n_channels; 2634 u32 channels[]; 2635 }; 2636 2637 /** 2638 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 2639 * 2640 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 2641 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 2642 * match information. 2643 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 2644 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 2645 */ 2646 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 2647 int n_matches; 2648 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; 2649 }; 2650 2651 /** 2652 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 2653 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 2654 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 2655 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 2656 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 2657 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 2658 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 2659 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 2660 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 2661 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 2662 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 2663 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 2664 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 2665 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 2666 * it is. 2667 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 2668 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 2669 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 2670 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 2671 */ 2672 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 2673 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 2674 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 2675 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 2676 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; 2677 s32 pattern_idx; 2678 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 2679 const void *packet; 2680 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 2681 }; 2682 2683 /** 2684 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 2685 * @kek: key encryption key (NL80211_KEK_LEN bytes) 2686 * @kck: key confirmation key (NL80211_KCK_LEN bytes) 2687 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 2688 */ 2689 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 2690 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 2691 }; 2692 2693 /** 2694 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 2695 * 2696 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 2697 * 2698 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 2699 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 2700 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 2701 */ 2702 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 2703 u16 md; 2704 const u8 *ie; 2705 size_t ie_len; 2706 }; 2707 2708 /** 2709 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 2710 * 2711 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 2712 * 2713 * @chan: channel to use 2714 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required 2715 * @wait: duration for ROC 2716 * @buf: buffer to transmit 2717 * @len: buffer length 2718 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 2719 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 2720 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 2721 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 2722 */ 2723 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 2724 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2725 bool offchan; 2726 unsigned int wait; 2727 const u8 *buf; 2728 size_t len; 2729 bool no_cck; 2730 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 2731 int n_csa_offsets; 2732 const u16 *csa_offsets; 2733 }; 2734 2735 /** 2736 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 2737 * 2738 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 2739 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 2740 */ 2741 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 2742 u8 dscp; 2743 u8 up; 2744 }; 2745 2746 /** 2747 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 2748 * 2749 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 2750 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 2751 */ 2752 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 2753 u8 low; 2754 u8 high; 2755 }; 2756 2757 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 2758 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 2759 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 2760 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 2761 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 2762 2763 /** 2764 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 2765 * 2766 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 2767 * 2768 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 2769 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 2770 * the user priority DSCP range definition 2771 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 2772 */ 2773 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 2774 u8 num_des; 2775 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 2776 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 2777 }; 2778 2779 /** 2780 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 2781 * 2782 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 2783 * 2784 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 2785 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 2786 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 2787 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 2788 */ 2789 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 2790 u8 master_pref; 2791 u8 bands; 2792 }; 2793 2794 /** 2795 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 2796 * configuration 2797 * 2798 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 2799 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 2800 */ 2801 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 2802 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 2803 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 2804 }; 2805 2806 /** 2807 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 2808 * 2809 * @filter: the content of the filter 2810 * @len: the length of the filter 2811 */ 2812 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 2813 const u8 *filter; 2814 u8 len; 2815 }; 2816 2817 /** 2818 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 2819 * 2820 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 2821 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 2822 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 2823 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 2824 * implementation specific. 2825 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 2826 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 2827 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 2828 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up 2829 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 2830 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 2831 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 2832 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 2833 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 2834 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 2835 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 2836 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 2837 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 2838 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 2839 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 2840 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 2841 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 2842 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 2843 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 2844 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 2845 */ 2846 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 2847 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 2848 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 2849 u8 publish_type; 2850 bool close_range; 2851 bool publish_bcast; 2852 bool subscribe_active; 2853 u8 followup_id; 2854 u8 followup_reqid; 2855 struct mac_address followup_dest; 2856 u32 ttl; 2857 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 2858 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 2859 bool srf_include; 2860 const u8 *srf_bf; 2861 u8 srf_bf_len; 2862 u8 srf_bf_idx; 2863 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 2864 int srf_num_macs; 2865 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 2866 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 2867 u8 num_tx_filters; 2868 u8 num_rx_filters; 2869 u8 instance_id; 2870 u64 cookie; 2871 }; 2872 2873 /** 2874 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 2875 * 2876 * @aa: authenticator address 2877 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 2878 * @pmk: the PMK material 2879 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 2880 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 2881 * holds PMK-R0. 2882 */ 2883 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 2884 const u8 *aa; 2885 u8 pmk_len; 2886 const u8 *pmk; 2887 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 2888 }; 2889 2890 /** 2891 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 2892 * 2893 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 2894 * 2895 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 2896 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 2897 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 2898 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 2899 * authentication response command interface. 2900 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 2901 * authentication response command interface. 2902 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 2903 * authentication request event interface. 2904 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 2905 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 2906 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 2907 * response command interface (user space to driver). 2908 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 2909 */ 2910 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 2911 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 2912 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2913 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2914 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 2915 u16 status; 2916 const u8 *pmkid; 2917 }; 2918 2919 /** 2920 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 2921 * 2922 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 2923 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 2924 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 2925 * answered 2926 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 2927 * successfully answered 2928 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 2929 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 2930 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 2931 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 2932 * of how much time the responder was busy 2933 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 2934 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 2935 * the responder 2936 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 2937 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 2938 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 2939 */ 2940 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 2941 u32 filled; 2942 u32 success_num; 2943 u32 partial_num; 2944 u32 failed_num; 2945 u32 asap_num; 2946 u32 non_asap_num; 2947 u64 total_duration_ms; 2948 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 2949 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 2950 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 2951 }; 2952 2953 /** 2954 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 2955 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 2956 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 2957 * reason than just "failure" 2958 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 2959 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 2960 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 2961 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 2962 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 2963 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 2964 * by the responder 2965 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 2966 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 2967 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 2968 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 2969 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 2970 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 2971 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 2972 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 2973 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 2974 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 2975 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 2976 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 2977 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 2978 * the square root of the variance) 2979 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 2980 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 2981 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 2982 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 2983 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 2984 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 2985 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 2986 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 2987 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 2988 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 2989 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 2990 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 2991 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 2992 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 2993 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 2994 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 2995 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 2996 */ 2997 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 2998 const u8 *lci; 2999 const u8 *civicloc; 3000 unsigned int lci_len; 3001 unsigned int civicloc_len; 3002 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 3003 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 3004 s16 burst_index; 3005 u8 busy_retry_time; 3006 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3007 u8 burst_duration; 3008 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3009 s32 rssi_avg; 3010 s32 rssi_spread; 3011 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 3012 s64 rtt_avg; 3013 s64 rtt_variance; 3014 s64 rtt_spread; 3015 s64 dist_avg; 3016 s64 dist_variance; 3017 s64 dist_spread; 3018 3019 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 3020 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 3021 rssi_avg_valid:1, 3022 rssi_spread_valid:1, 3023 tx_rate_valid:1, 3024 rx_rate_valid:1, 3025 rtt_avg_valid:1, 3026 rtt_variance_valid:1, 3027 rtt_spread_valid:1, 3028 dist_avg_valid:1, 3029 dist_variance_valid:1, 3030 dist_spread_valid:1; 3031 }; 3032 3033 /** 3034 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 3035 * @addr: address of the peer 3036 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 3037 * measurement was made) 3038 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 3039 * @status: status of the measurement 3040 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 3041 * reporting partial results always set this flag 3042 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 3043 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 3044 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 3045 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 3046 */ 3047 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 3048 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 3049 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 3050 3051 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3052 3053 u8 final:1, 3054 ap_tsf_valid:1; 3055 3056 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 3057 3058 union { 3059 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 3060 }; 3061 }; 3062 3063 /** 3064 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 3065 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 3066 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 3067 * @burst_period: burst period to use 3068 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 3069 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 3070 * @burst_duration: burst duration 3071 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 3072 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 3073 * @request_lci: request LCI information 3074 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 3075 * 3076 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 3077 */ 3078 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 3079 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 3080 u16 burst_period; 3081 u8 requested:1, 3082 asap:1, 3083 request_lci:1, 3084 request_civicloc:1; 3085 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3086 u8 burst_duration; 3087 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3088 u8 ftmr_retries; 3089 }; 3090 3091 /** 3092 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 3093 * @addr: MAC address 3094 * @chandef: channel to use 3095 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 3096 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 3097 */ 3098 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 3099 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3100 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3101 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 3102 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 3103 }; 3104 3105 /** 3106 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 3107 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 3108 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 3109 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 3110 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 3111 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 3112 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 3113 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 3114 * be taken from the @mac_addr 3115 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 3116 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 3117 * zero it means there's no timeout 3118 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 3119 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 3120 */ 3121 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 3122 u64 cookie; 3123 void *drv_data; 3124 u32 n_peers; 3125 u32 nl_portid; 3126 3127 u32 timeout; 3128 3129 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3130 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3131 3132 struct list_head list; 3133 3134 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[]; 3135 }; 3136 3137 /** 3138 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 3139 * 3140 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 3141 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 3142 * 3143 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 3144 * 3145 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 3146 * has to be done. 3147 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 3148 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 3149 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 3150 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 3151 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 3152 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 3153 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 3154 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 3155 */ 3156 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 3157 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3158 u16 status; 3159 const u8 *ie; 3160 size_t ie_len; 3161 }; 3162 3163 /** 3164 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 3165 * 3166 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 3167 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 3168 * 3169 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 3170 * on success or a negative error code. 3171 * 3172 * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the 3173 * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this 3174 * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext. 3175 * 3176 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 3177 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 3178 * configured for the device. 3179 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 3180 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 3181 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 3182 * the device. 3183 * 3184 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 3185 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 3186 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 3187 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 3188 * also set the address member in the wdev. 3189 * 3190 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 3191 * 3192 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 3193 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 3194 * 3195 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 3196 * when adding a group key. 3197 * 3198 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 3199 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 3200 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 3201 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 3202 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 3203 * 3204 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 3205 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. 3206 * 3207 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface 3208 * 3209 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface 3210 * 3211 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 3212 * 3213 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 3214 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 3215 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 3216 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 3217 * 3218 * @add_station: Add a new station. 3219 * @del_station: Remove a station 3220 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 3221 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 3222 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 3223 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 3224 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 3225 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 3226 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3227 * 3228 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 3229 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 3230 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 3231 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 3232 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3233 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 3234 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3235 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 3236 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3237 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 3238 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3239 * 3240 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 3241 * 3242 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 3243 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 3244 * set, and which to leave alone. 3245 * 3246 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 3247 * 3248 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 3249 * 3250 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 3251 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 3252 * join the mesh instead. 3253 * 3254 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 3255 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 3256 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 3257 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 3258 * 3259 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 3260 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 3261 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 3262 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 3263 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 3264 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 3265 * 3266 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 3267 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3268 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 3269 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3270 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 3271 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3272 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 3273 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3274 * 3275 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 3276 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 3277 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 3278 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 3279 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 3280 * was received. 3281 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 3282 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 3283 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 3284 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 3285 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 3286 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 3287 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 3288 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 3289 * indication of requesting reassociation. 3290 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 3291 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 3292 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3293 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 3294 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 3295 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 3296 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 3297 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 3298 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 3299 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 3300 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3301 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 3302 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 3303 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 3304 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 3305 * 3306 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 3307 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 3308 * to a merge. 3309 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3310 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 3311 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3312 * 3313 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 3314 * MESH mode) 3315 * 3316 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 3317 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 3318 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 3319 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 3320 * 3321 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 3322 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 3323 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 3324 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 3325 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 3326 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 3327 * return 0 if successful 3328 * 3329 * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface 3330 * 3331 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 3332 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 3333 * 3334 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 3335 * 3336 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 3337 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 3338 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 3339 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 3340 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 3341 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 3342 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 3343 * the duration value. 3344 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 3345 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 3346 * frame on another channel 3347 * 3348 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 3349 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 3350 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 3351 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 3352 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 3353 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 3354 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 3355 * 3356 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 3357 * 3358 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 3359 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 3360 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 3361 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 3362 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 3363 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 3364 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 3365 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 3366 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 3367 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 3368 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 3369 * disabled.) 3370 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 3371 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 3372 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 3373 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 3374 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 3375 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 3376 * thresholds. 3377 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 3378 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 3379 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 3380 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 3381 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 3382 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 3383 * stop (when this method returns 0). 3384 * 3385 * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was 3386 * registered. The callback is allowed to sleep. 3387 * 3388 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 3389 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 3390 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 3391 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 3392 * 3393 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 3394 * 3395 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 3396 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 3397 * 3398 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 3399 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 3400 * 3401 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 3402 * 3403 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 3404 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 3405 * current monitoring channel. 3406 * 3407 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 3408 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 3409 * 3410 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 3411 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 3412 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 3413 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 3414 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 3415 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 3416 * 3417 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 3418 * 3419 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 3420 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 3421 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 3422 * 3423 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 3424 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 3425 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 3426 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 3427 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 3428 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 3429 * 3430 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 3431 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 3432 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 3433 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 3434 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 3435 * as soon as possible. 3436 * 3437 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 3438 * 3439 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 3440 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 3441 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 3442 * 3443 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 3444 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 3445 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 3446 * account. 3447 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 3448 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 3449 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 3450 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 3451 * rejected) 3452 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 3453 * 3454 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 3455 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3456 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 3457 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3458 * 3459 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 3460 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 3461 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 3462 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 3463 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 3464 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 3465 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 3466 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 3467 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 3468 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 3469 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 3470 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 3471 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 3472 * provided @nan_func. 3473 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 3474 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 3475 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 3476 * All other parameters must be ignored. 3477 * 3478 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 3479 * 3480 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 3481 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 3482 * 3483 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 3484 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 3485 * upon which the driver should clear it. 3486 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3487 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 3488 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3489 * 3490 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 3491 * user space 3492 * 3493 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 3494 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 3495 * 3496 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 3497 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 3498 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 3499 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 3500 * 3501 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 3502 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 3503 * DH IE through this interface. 3504 * 3505 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 3506 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 3507 */ 3508 struct cfg80211_ops { 3509 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 3510 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 3511 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 3512 3513 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3514 const char *name, 3515 unsigned char name_assign_type, 3516 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3517 struct vif_params *params); 3518 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3519 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3520 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3521 struct net_device *dev, 3522 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3523 struct vif_params *params); 3524 3525 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3526 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 3527 struct key_params *params); 3528 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3529 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 3530 void *cookie, 3531 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 3532 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3533 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr); 3534 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3535 struct net_device *netdev, 3536 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 3537 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3538 struct net_device *netdev, 3539 u8 key_index); 3540 3541 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3542 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 3543 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3544 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info); 3545 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3546 3547 3548 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3549 const u8 *mac, 3550 struct station_parameters *params); 3551 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3552 struct station_del_parameters *params); 3553 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3554 const u8 *mac, 3555 struct station_parameters *params); 3556 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3557 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 3558 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3559 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 3560 3561 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3562 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 3563 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3564 const u8 *dst); 3565 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3566 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 3567 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3568 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3569 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3570 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 3571 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3572 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3573 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3574 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3575 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 3576 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3577 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3578 struct net_device *dev, 3579 struct mesh_config *conf); 3580 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3581 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 3582 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 3583 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3584 const struct mesh_config *conf, 3585 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 3586 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3587 3588 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3589 struct ocb_setup *setup); 3590 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3591 3592 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3593 struct bss_parameters *params); 3594 3595 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3596 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 3597 3598 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3599 struct net_device *dev, 3600 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 3601 3602 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3603 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3604 3605 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3606 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 3607 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3608 3609 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3610 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 3611 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3612 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 3613 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3614 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 3615 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3616 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 3617 3618 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3619 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 3620 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3621 struct net_device *dev, 3622 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 3623 u32 changed); 3624 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3625 u16 reason_code); 3626 3627 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3628 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 3629 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3630 3631 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3632 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 3633 3634 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); 3635 3636 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3637 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 3638 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3639 int *dbm); 3640 3641 int (*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3642 const u8 *addr); 3643 3644 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 3645 3646 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 3647 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3648 void *data, int len); 3649 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 3650 struct netlink_callback *cb, 3651 void *data, int len); 3652 #endif 3653 3654 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3655 struct net_device *dev, 3656 const u8 *peer, 3657 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 3658 3659 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3660 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 3661 3662 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3663 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 3664 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3665 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 3666 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 3667 3668 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3669 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3670 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 3671 unsigned int duration, 3672 u64 *cookie); 3673 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3674 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3675 u64 cookie); 3676 3677 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3678 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 3679 u64 *cookie); 3680 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3681 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3682 u64 cookie); 3683 3684 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3685 bool enabled, int timeout); 3686 3687 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3688 struct net_device *dev, 3689 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 3690 3691 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3692 struct net_device *dev, 3693 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 3694 3695 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3696 struct net_device *dev, 3697 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 3698 3699 void (*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3700 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3701 u16 frame_type, bool reg); 3702 3703 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 3704 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 3705 3706 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3707 struct net_device *dev, 3708 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 3709 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3710 u64 reqid); 3711 3712 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3713 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 3714 3715 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3716 const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, 3717 u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability, 3718 bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 3719 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3720 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 3721 3722 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3723 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 3724 3725 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3726 struct net_device *dev, 3727 u16 noack_map); 3728 3729 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3730 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3731 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3732 3733 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3734 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3735 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3736 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3737 3738 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3739 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 3740 3741 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3742 struct net_device *dev, 3743 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 3744 u32 cac_time_ms); 3745 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3746 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 3747 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3748 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3749 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 3750 u16 duration); 3751 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3752 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3753 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3754 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 3755 3756 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3757 struct net_device *dev, 3758 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 3759 3760 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3761 struct net_device *dev, 3762 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 3763 3764 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3765 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3766 3767 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3768 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 3769 u16 admitted_time); 3770 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3771 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 3772 3773 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3774 struct net_device *dev, 3775 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 3776 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3777 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3778 struct net_device *dev, 3779 const u8 *addr); 3780 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3781 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 3782 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3783 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3784 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 3785 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3786 u64 cookie); 3787 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3788 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3789 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 3790 u32 changes); 3791 3792 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3793 struct net_device *dev, 3794 const bool enabled); 3795 3796 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3797 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3798 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 3799 3800 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3801 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 3802 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3803 const u8 *aa); 3804 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3805 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 3806 3807 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3808 struct net_device *dev, 3809 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 3810 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 3811 const bool noencrypt); 3812 3813 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3814 struct net_device *dev, 3815 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 3816 3817 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3818 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 3819 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3820 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 3821 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3822 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 3823 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3824 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 3825 }; 3826 3827 /* 3828 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 3829 * and registration/helper functions 3830 */ 3831 3832 /** 3833 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 3834 * 3835 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 3836 * wiphy at all 3837 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 3838 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 3839 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 3840 * reason to override the default 3841 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 3842 * on a VLAN interface) 3843 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 3844 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 3845 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 3846 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 3847 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 3848 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 3849 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 3850 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 3851 * firmware. 3852 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 3853 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 3854 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 3855 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 3856 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 3857 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 3858 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 3859 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 3860 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 3861 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 3862 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 3863 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 3864 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 3865 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 3866 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 3867 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 3868 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 3869 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 3870 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation 3871 * before connection. 3872 */ 3873 enum wiphy_flags { 3874 /* use hole at 0 */ 3875 /* use hole at 1 */ 3876 /* use hole at 2 */ 3877 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 3878 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 3879 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 3880 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 3881 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 3882 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 3883 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 3884 /* use hole at 11 */ 3885 /* use hole at 12 */ 3886 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 3887 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 3888 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 3889 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 3890 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 3891 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 3892 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 3893 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 3894 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 3895 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 3896 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 3897 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP = BIT(24), 3898 }; 3899 3900 /** 3901 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 3902 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 3903 * @types: interface types (bits) 3904 */ 3905 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 3906 u16 max; 3907 u16 types; 3908 }; 3909 3910 /** 3911 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 3912 * 3913 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 3914 * combinations it supports concurrently. 3915 * 3916 * Examples: 3917 * 3918 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 3919 * 3920 * .. code-block:: c 3921 * 3922 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 3923 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 3924 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, }, 3925 * }; 3926 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 3927 * .limits = limits1, 3928 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 3929 * .max_interfaces = 2, 3930 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 3931 * }; 3932 * 3933 * 3934 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 3935 * 3936 * .. code-block:: c 3937 * 3938 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 3939 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 3940 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 3941 * }; 3942 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 3943 * .limits = limits2, 3944 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 3945 * .max_interfaces = 8, 3946 * .num_different_channels = 1, 3947 * }; 3948 * 3949 * 3950 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 3951 * 3952 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 3953 * 3954 * .. code-block:: c 3955 * 3956 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 3957 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 3958 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 3959 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 3960 * }; 3961 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 3962 * .limits = limits3, 3963 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 3964 * .max_interfaces = 4, 3965 * .num_different_channels = 2, 3966 * }; 3967 * 3968 */ 3969 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 3970 /** 3971 * @limits: 3972 * limits for the given interface types 3973 */ 3974 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 3975 3976 /** 3977 * @num_different_channels: 3978 * can use up to this many different channels 3979 */ 3980 u32 num_different_channels; 3981 3982 /** 3983 * @max_interfaces: 3984 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 3985 */ 3986 u16 max_interfaces; 3987 3988 /** 3989 * @n_limits: 3990 * number of limitations 3991 */ 3992 u8 n_limits; 3993 3994 /** 3995 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 3996 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 3997 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 3998 */ 3999 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 4000 4001 /** 4002 * @radar_detect_widths: 4003 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 4004 */ 4005 u8 radar_detect_widths; 4006 4007 /** 4008 * @radar_detect_regions: 4009 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 4010 */ 4011 u8 radar_detect_regions; 4012 4013 /** 4014 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 4015 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 4016 * 4017 * = 0 4018 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 4019 * > 0 4020 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 4021 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 4022 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 4023 */ 4024 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 4025 }; 4026 4027 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 4028 u16 tx, rx; 4029 }; 4030 4031 /** 4032 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 4033 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 4034 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 4035 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 4036 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 4037 * packet should be preserved in that case 4038 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 4039 * (see nl80211.h) 4040 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 4041 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 4042 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 4043 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 4044 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 4045 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 4046 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 4047 */ 4048 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 4049 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 4050 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 4051 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 4052 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 4053 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 4054 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 4055 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 4056 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 4057 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 4058 }; 4059 4060 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 4061 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 4062 u32 data_payload_max; 4063 u32 data_interval_max; 4064 u32 wake_payload_max; 4065 bool seq; 4066 }; 4067 4068 /** 4069 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 4070 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 4071 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 4072 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4073 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4074 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4075 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4076 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 4077 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 4078 * scheduled scans. 4079 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 4080 * details. 4081 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 4082 */ 4083 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 4084 u32 flags; 4085 int n_patterns; 4086 int pattern_max_len; 4087 int pattern_min_len; 4088 int max_pkt_offset; 4089 int max_nd_match_sets; 4090 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 4091 }; 4092 4093 /** 4094 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 4095 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 4096 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4097 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 4098 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4099 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4100 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4101 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4102 */ 4103 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 4104 int n_rules; 4105 int max_delay; 4106 int n_patterns; 4107 int pattern_max_len; 4108 int pattern_min_len; 4109 int max_pkt_offset; 4110 }; 4111 4112 /** 4113 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 4114 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 4115 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 4116 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 4117 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 4118 */ 4119 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 4120 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 4121 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 4122 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 4123 }; 4124 4125 /** 4126 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 4127 * 4128 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 4129 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 4130 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 4131 * 4132 */ 4133 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 4134 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 4135 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 4136 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 4137 }; 4138 4139 /** 4140 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 4141 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 4142 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 4143 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 4144 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 4145 */ 4146 4147 struct sta_opmode_info { 4148 u32 changed; 4149 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 4150 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 4151 u8 rx_nss; 4152 }; 4153 4154 /** 4155 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 4156 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 4157 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 4158 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 4159 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 4160 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 4161 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 4162 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 4163 * dumpit calls. 4164 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 4165 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 4166 * are used with dump requests. 4167 */ 4168 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 4169 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 4170 u32 flags; 4171 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4172 const void *data, int data_len); 4173 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4174 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 4175 unsigned long *storage); 4176 }; 4177 4178 /** 4179 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 4180 * @iftype: interface type 4181 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4182 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 4183 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 4184 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 4185 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 4186 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4187 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4188 */ 4189 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 4190 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4191 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 4192 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 4193 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4194 }; 4195 4196 /** 4197 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 4198 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 4199 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 4200 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 4201 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 4202 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 4203 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 4204 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 4205 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 4206 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 4207 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 4208 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 4209 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 4210 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 4211 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 4212 * not limited) 4213 */ 4214 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 4215 unsigned int max_peers; 4216 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 4217 randomize_mac_addr:1; 4218 4219 struct { 4220 u32 preambles; 4221 u32 bandwidths; 4222 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 4223 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 4224 u8 supported:1, 4225 asap:1, 4226 non_asap:1, 4227 request_lci:1, 4228 request_civicloc:1; 4229 } ftm; 4230 }; 4231 4232 /** 4233 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 4234 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 4235 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 4236 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 4237 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 4238 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 4239 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 4240 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 4241 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 4242 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 4243 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 4244 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites 4245 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 4246 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 4247 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 4248 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 4249 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 4250 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 4251 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 4252 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 4253 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 4254 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 4255 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 4256 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 4257 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 4258 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 4259 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 4260 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 4261 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 4262 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 4263 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 4264 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 4265 * unregister hardware 4266 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy, will be renamed 4267 * automatically on wiphy renames 4268 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy 4269 * @registered: helps synchronize suspend/resume with wiphy unregister 4270 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 4271 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 4272 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 4273 * must be set by driver 4274 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 4275 * list single interface types. 4276 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 4277 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 4278 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 4279 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 4280 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 4281 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 4282 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 4283 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 4284 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 4285 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 4286 * this variable determines its size 4287 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 4288 * any given scan 4289 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 4290 * the device can run concurrently. 4291 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 4292 * for in any given scheduled scan 4293 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 4294 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 4295 * supported. 4296 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 4297 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 4298 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 4299 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 4300 * scans 4301 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 4302 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 4303 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 4304 * single scan plan supported by the device. 4305 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 4306 * scan plan supported by the device. 4307 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 4308 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 4309 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 4310 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 4311 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 4312 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 4313 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 4314 * 4315 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 4316 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 4317 * type 4318 * 4319 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4320 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4321 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 4322 * 4323 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4324 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4325 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 4326 * 4327 * @probe_resp_offload: 4328 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 4329 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 4330 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 4331 * 4332 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 4333 * may request, if implemented. 4334 * 4335 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 4336 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 4337 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 4338 * to the suspend() operation instead. 4339 * 4340 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 4341 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 4342 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4343 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 4344 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4345 * 4346 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 4347 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 4348 * 4349 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 4350 * supports for ACL. 4351 * 4352 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4353 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 4354 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 4355 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 4356 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 4357 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 4358 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 4359 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4360 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4361 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 4362 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 4363 * capabilities are specified separately. 4364 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 4365 * 4366 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 4367 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 4368 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 4369 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 4370 * 4371 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 4372 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 4373 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 4374 * some cases, but may not always reach. 4375 * 4376 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 4377 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 4378 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 4379 * infinite. 4380 * @max_adj_channel_rssi_comp: max offset of between the channel on which the 4381 * frame was sent and the channel on which the frame was heard for which 4382 * the reported rssi is still valid. If a driver is able to compensate the 4383 * low rssi when a frame is heard on different channel, then it should set 4384 * this variable to the maximal offset for which it can compensate. 4385 * This value should be set in MHz. 4386 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 4387 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 4388 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 4389 * 4390 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 4391 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 4392 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 4393 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 4394 * 4395 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 4396 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 4397 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 4398 * 4399 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 4400 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 4401 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 4402 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 4403 * 4404 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 4405 */ 4406 struct wiphy { 4407 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 4408 4409 /* permanent MAC address(es) */ 4410 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4411 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 4412 4413 struct mac_address *addresses; 4414 4415 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 4416 4417 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 4418 int n_iface_combinations; 4419 u16 software_iftypes; 4420 4421 u16 n_addresses; 4422 4423 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 4424 u16 interface_modes; 4425 4426 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 4427 4428 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 4429 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 4430 4431 u32 ap_sme_capa; 4432 4433 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 4434 4435 int bss_priv_size; 4436 u8 max_scan_ssids; 4437 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 4438 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 4439 u8 max_match_sets; 4440 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 4441 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 4442 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 4443 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 4444 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 4445 4446 int n_cipher_suites; 4447 const u32 *cipher_suites; 4448 4449 int n_akm_suites; 4450 const u32 *akm_suites; 4451 4452 u8 retry_short; 4453 u8 retry_long; 4454 u32 frag_threshold; 4455 u32 rts_threshold; 4456 u8 coverage_class; 4457 4458 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 4459 u32 hw_version; 4460 4461 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 4462 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 4463 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 4464 #endif 4465 4466 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 4467 4468 u8 max_num_pmkids; 4469 4470 u32 available_antennas_tx; 4471 u32 available_antennas_rx; 4472 4473 /* 4474 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading 4475 * see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 4476 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 4477 */ 4478 u32 probe_resp_offload; 4479 4480 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 4481 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4482 4483 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 4484 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 4485 4486 /* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g. 4487 * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't 4488 * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered 4489 * or not. Assign this to something global to your driver to 4490 * help determine whether you own this wiphy or not. */ 4491 const void *privid; 4492 4493 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 4494 4495 /* Lets us get back the wiphy on the callback */ 4496 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4497 struct regulatory_request *request); 4498 4499 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 4500 4501 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 4502 4503 /* the item in /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this, 4504 * you need use set_wiphy_dev() (see below) */ 4505 struct device dev; 4506 4507 /* protects ->resume, ->suspend sysfs callbacks against unregister hw */ 4508 bool registered; 4509 4510 /* dir in debugfs: ieee80211/<wiphyname> */ 4511 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 4512 4513 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 4514 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 4515 4516 struct list_head wdev_list; 4517 4518 /* the network namespace this phy lives in currently */ 4519 possible_net_t _net; 4520 4521 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 4522 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 4523 #endif 4524 4525 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 4526 4527 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 4528 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 4529 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 4530 4531 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 4532 4533 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 4534 u8 max_adj_channel_rssi_comp; 4535 4536 u32 bss_select_support; 4537 4538 u8 nan_supported_bands; 4539 4540 u32 txq_limit; 4541 u32 txq_memory_limit; 4542 u32 txq_quantum; 4543 4544 u8 support_mbssid:1, 4545 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 4546 4547 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 4548 4549 char priv[0] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 4550 }; 4551 4552 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4553 { 4554 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 4555 } 4556 4557 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 4558 { 4559 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 4560 } 4561 4562 /** 4563 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 4564 * 4565 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 4566 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 4567 */ 4568 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4569 { 4570 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 4571 return &wiphy->priv; 4572 } 4573 4574 /** 4575 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 4576 * 4577 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 4578 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 4579 */ 4580 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 4581 { 4582 BUG_ON(!priv); 4583 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 4584 } 4585 4586 /** 4587 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 4588 * 4589 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 4590 * @dev: The device to parent it to 4591 */ 4592 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 4593 { 4594 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 4595 } 4596 4597 /** 4598 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 4599 * 4600 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 4601 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 4602 */ 4603 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4604 { 4605 return wiphy->dev.parent; 4606 } 4607 4608 /** 4609 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 4610 * 4611 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 4612 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 4613 */ 4614 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 4615 { 4616 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 4617 } 4618 4619 /** 4620 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 4621 * 4622 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 4623 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 4624 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 4625 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 4626 * 4627 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 4628 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 4629 * 4630 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 4631 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 4632 */ 4633 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 4634 const char *requested_name); 4635 4636 /** 4637 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 4638 * 4639 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 4640 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 4641 * 4642 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 4643 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 4644 * 4645 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 4646 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 4647 */ 4648 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 4649 int sizeof_priv) 4650 { 4651 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 4652 } 4653 4654 /** 4655 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 4656 * 4657 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 4658 * 4659 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 4660 */ 4661 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4662 4663 /** 4664 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 4665 * 4666 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 4667 * 4668 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 4669 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 4670 * request that is being handled. 4671 */ 4672 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4673 4674 /** 4675 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 4676 * 4677 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 4678 */ 4679 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4680 4681 /* internal structs */ 4682 struct cfg80211_conn; 4683 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 4684 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 4685 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 4686 4687 /** 4688 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 4689 * 4690 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 4691 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 4692 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 4693 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 4694 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device. 4695 * 4696 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 4697 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 4698 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 4699 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 4700 * 4701 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 4702 * @iftype: interface type 4703 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 4704 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 4705 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 4706 * wireless device if it has no netdev 4707 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4708 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track 4709 * the user-set channel definition. 4710 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to 4711 * track the channel to be used for AP later 4712 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4713 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4714 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4715 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4716 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4717 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 4718 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 4719 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 4720 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 4721 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 4722 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 4723 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 4724 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 4725 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 4726 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 4727 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 4728 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 4729 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 4730 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 4731 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 4732 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 4733 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 4734 * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list 4735 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers 4736 * and some API functions require it held 4737 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting 4738 * beacons, 0 when not valid 4739 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 4740 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 4741 * the P2P Device. 4742 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started 4743 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 4744 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 4745 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 4746 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 4747 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 4748 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 4749 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 4750 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 4751 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 4752 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 4753 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 4754 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 4755 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID 4756 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel 4757 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 4758 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 4759 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 4760 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 4761 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 4762 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 4763 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 4764 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 4765 */ 4766 struct wireless_dev { 4767 struct wiphy *wiphy; 4768 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4769 4770 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 4771 struct list_head list; 4772 struct net_device *netdev; 4773 4774 u32 identifier; 4775 4776 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 4777 spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock; 4778 4779 struct mutex mtx; 4780 4781 bool use_4addr, is_running; 4782 4783 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 4784 4785 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 4786 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 4787 u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len; 4788 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 4789 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 4790 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 4791 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 4792 4793 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 4794 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 4795 4796 struct list_head event_list; 4797 spinlock_t event_lock; 4798 4799 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */ 4800 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 4801 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 4802 4803 bool ibss_fixed; 4804 bool ibss_dfs_possible; 4805 4806 bool ps; 4807 int ps_timeout; 4808 4809 int beacon_interval; 4810 4811 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 4812 4813 u32 owner_nlportid; 4814 bool nl_owner_dead; 4815 4816 bool cac_started; 4817 unsigned long cac_start_time; 4818 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 4819 4820 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 4821 /* wext data */ 4822 struct { 4823 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 4824 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 4825 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 4826 const u8 *ie; 4827 size_t ie_len; 4828 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 4829 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 4830 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 4831 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 4832 bool prev_bssid_valid; 4833 } wext; 4834 #endif 4835 4836 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config; 4837 4838 struct list_head pmsr_list; 4839 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 4840 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 4841 }; 4842 4843 static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 4844 { 4845 if (wdev->netdev) 4846 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 4847 return wdev->address; 4848 } 4849 4850 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 4851 { 4852 if (wdev->netdev) 4853 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 4854 return wdev->is_running; 4855 } 4856 4857 /** 4858 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 4859 * 4860 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 4861 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 4862 */ 4863 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 4864 { 4865 BUG_ON(!wdev); 4866 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 4867 } 4868 4869 /** 4870 * DOC: Utility functions 4871 * 4872 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 4873 */ 4874 4875 /** 4876 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 4877 * @chan: channel number 4878 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 4879 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 4880 */ 4881 int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 4882 4883 /** 4884 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 4885 * @freq: center frequency 4886 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 4887 */ 4888 int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq); 4889 4890 /** 4891 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 4892 * 4893 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 4894 * @freq: the center frequency of the channel 4895 * 4896 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 4897 */ 4898 struct ieee80211_channel *ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq); 4899 4900 /** 4901 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 4902 * 4903 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 4904 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 4905 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 4906 * 4907 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 4908 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 4909 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 4910 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 4911 */ 4912 struct ieee80211_rate * 4913 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 4914 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 4915 4916 /** 4917 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 4918 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 4919 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 4920 * 4921 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given 4922 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 4923 */ 4924 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 4925 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width); 4926 4927 /* 4928 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 4929 * 4930 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 4931 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt 4932 */ 4933 4934 struct radiotap_align_size { 4935 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 4936 }; 4937 4938 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 4939 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 4940 int n_bits; 4941 uint32_t oui; 4942 uint8_t subns; 4943 }; 4944 4945 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 4946 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 4947 int n_ns; 4948 }; 4949 4950 /** 4951 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 4952 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 4953 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 4954 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 4955 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 4956 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 4957 * the beginning of the actual data portion 4958 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 4959 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 4960 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 4961 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 4962 * radiotap namespace or not 4963 * 4964 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 4965 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 4966 * @_arg_index: next argument index 4967 * @_arg: next argument pointer 4968 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 4969 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 4970 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 4971 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 4972 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 4973 * next bitmap word 4974 * 4975 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 4976 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 4977 */ 4978 4979 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 4980 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 4981 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 4982 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 4983 4984 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 4985 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 4986 4987 unsigned char *this_arg; 4988 int this_arg_index; 4989 int this_arg_size; 4990 4991 int is_radiotap_ns; 4992 4993 int _max_length; 4994 int _arg_index; 4995 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 4996 int _reset_on_ext; 4997 }; 4998 4999 int 5000 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 5001 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 5002 int max_length, 5003 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 5004 5005 int 5006 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 5007 5008 5009 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 5010 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 5011 5012 /** 5013 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 5014 * 5015 * @skb: the frame 5016 * 5017 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 5018 * returns the 802.11 header length. 5019 * 5020 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 5021 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 5022 * 802.11 header. 5023 */ 5024 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 5025 5026 /** 5027 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 5028 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 5029 * Return: The header length in bytes. 5030 */ 5031 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 5032 5033 /** 5034 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 5035 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 5036 * (first byte) will be accessed 5037 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 5038 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 5039 */ 5040 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 5041 5042 /** 5043 * DOC: Data path helpers 5044 * 5045 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 5046 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 5047 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 5048 */ 5049 5050 /** 5051 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5052 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5053 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 5054 * of it being pushed into the SKB 5055 * @addr: the device MAC address 5056 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5057 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 5058 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5059 */ 5060 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 5061 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5062 u8 data_offset); 5063 5064 /** 5065 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5066 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5067 * @addr: the device MAC address 5068 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5069 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5070 */ 5071 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 5072 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 5073 { 5074 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0); 5075 } 5076 5077 /** 5078 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 5079 * 5080 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 5081 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 5082 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 5083 * 5084 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 5085 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 5086 * initialized by by the caller. 5087 * @addr: The device MAC address. 5088 * @iftype: The device interface type. 5089 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 5090 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5091 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5092 */ 5093 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 5094 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5095 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 5096 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa); 5097 5098 /** 5099 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 5100 * @skb: the data frame 5101 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 5102 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 5103 */ 5104 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 5105 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 5106 5107 /** 5108 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 5109 * 5110 * @eid: element ID 5111 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5112 * @len: length of data 5113 * @match: byte array to match 5114 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5115 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 5116 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 5117 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 5118 * the data portion instead. 5119 * 5120 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5121 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5122 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5123 * requested element struct. 5124 * 5125 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5126 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5127 * byte array to match. 5128 */ 5129 const struct element * 5130 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5131 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5132 unsigned int match_offset); 5133 5134 /** 5135 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 5136 * 5137 * @eid: element ID 5138 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5139 * @len: length of data 5140 * @match: byte array to match 5141 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5142 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 5143 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 5144 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 5145 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 5146 * the second byte is the IE length. 5147 * 5148 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5149 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5150 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 5151 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5152 * element ID. 5153 * 5154 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5155 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5156 * byte array to match. 5157 */ 5158 static inline const u8 * 5159 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5160 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5161 unsigned int match_offset) 5162 { 5163 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 5164 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 5165 */ 5166 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 5167 (!match_len && match_offset))) 5168 return NULL; 5169 5170 return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 5171 match, match_len, 5172 match_offset ? 5173 match_offset - 2 : 0); 5174 } 5175 5176 /** 5177 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 5178 * 5179 * @eid: element ID 5180 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5181 * @len: length of data 5182 * 5183 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5184 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5185 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5186 * requested element struct. 5187 * 5188 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5189 * having to fit into the given data. 5190 */ 5191 static inline const struct element * 5192 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5193 { 5194 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 5195 } 5196 5197 /** 5198 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 5199 * 5200 * @eid: element ID 5201 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5202 * @len: length of data 5203 * 5204 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5205 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5206 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 5207 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 5208 * 5209 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5210 * having to fit into the given data. 5211 */ 5212 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5213 { 5214 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 5215 } 5216 5217 /** 5218 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 5219 * 5220 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 5221 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5222 * @len: length of data 5223 * 5224 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if 5225 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5226 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5227 * requested element struct. 5228 * 5229 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5230 * having to fit into the given data. 5231 */ 5232 static inline const struct element * 5233 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5234 { 5235 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 5236 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 5237 } 5238 5239 /** 5240 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 5241 * 5242 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 5243 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5244 * @len: length of data 5245 * 5246 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 5247 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5248 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 5249 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 5250 * 5251 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5252 * having to fit into the given data. 5253 */ 5254 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5255 { 5256 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 5257 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 5258 } 5259 5260 /** 5261 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 5262 * 5263 * @oui: vendor OUI 5264 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 5265 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5266 * @len: length of data 5267 * 5268 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 5269 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 5270 * return the element structure for the requested element. 5271 * 5272 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 5273 * the given data. 5274 */ 5275 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 5276 const u8 *ies, 5277 unsigned int len); 5278 5279 /** 5280 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 5281 * 5282 * @oui: vendor OUI 5283 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 5284 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5285 * @len: length of data 5286 * 5287 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 5288 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 5289 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5290 * element ID. 5291 * 5292 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 5293 * the given data. 5294 */ 5295 static inline const u8 * 5296 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 5297 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 5298 { 5299 return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 5300 } 5301 5302 /** 5303 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 5304 * 5305 * @dev: network device 5306 * @addr: STA MAC address 5307 * 5308 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 5309 * devices upon STA association. 5310 */ 5311 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 5312 5313 /** 5314 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 5315 * 5316 * TODO 5317 */ 5318 5319 /** 5320 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 5321 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 5322 * conflicts) 5323 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 5324 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 5325 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 5326 * alpha2. 5327 * 5328 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 5329 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 5330 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 5331 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 5332 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 5333 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 5334 * 5335 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 5336 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 5337 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 5338 * 5339 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 5340 * an -ENOMEM. 5341 * 5342 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 5343 */ 5344 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 5345 5346 /** 5347 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 5348 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5349 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy 5350 * 5351 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 5352 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 5353 * information. 5354 * 5355 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 5356 */ 5357 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5358 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 5359 5360 /** 5361 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers 5362 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5363 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 5364 * 5365 * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain 5366 * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see 5367 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 5368 * 5369 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 5370 */ 5371 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5372 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 5373 5374 /** 5375 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 5376 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5377 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 5378 * 5379 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 5380 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 5381 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 5382 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 5383 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 5384 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 5385 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 5386 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 5387 * that called this helper. 5388 */ 5389 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5390 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 5391 5392 /** 5393 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 5394 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 5395 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 5396 * 5397 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 5398 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 5399 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 5400 * and processed already. 5401 * 5402 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 5403 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 5404 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 5405 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 5406 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 5407 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 5408 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 5409 */ 5410 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5411 u32 center_freq); 5412 5413 /** 5414 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 5415 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 5416 * 5417 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 5418 * proper string representation. 5419 */ 5420 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 5421 5422 /** 5423 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 5424 * 5425 */ 5426 5427 /** 5428 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 5429 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 5430 * 5431 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 5432 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried. 5433 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 5434 * 5435 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 5436 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 5437 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 5438 * 5439 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 5440 * an -ENODATA. 5441 * 5442 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 5443 */ 5444 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 5445 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 5446 5447 /* 5448 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 5449 * functions and BSS handling helpers 5450 */ 5451 5452 /** 5453 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 5454 * 5455 * @request: the corresponding scan request 5456 * @info: information about the completed scan 5457 */ 5458 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 5459 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 5460 5461 /** 5462 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 5463 * 5464 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 5465 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5466 */ 5467 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5468 5469 /** 5470 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 5471 * 5472 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 5473 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5474 * 5475 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 5476 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 5477 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 5478 */ 5479 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5480 5481 /** 5482 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 5483 * 5484 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 5485 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5486 * 5487 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 5488 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 5489 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 5490 * This function should be called with rtnl locked. 5491 */ 5492 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5493 5494 /** 5495 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 5496 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 5497 * @data: the BSS metadata 5498 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 5499 * @len: length of the management frame 5500 * @gfp: context flags 5501 * 5502 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 5503 * the BSS should be updated/added. 5504 * 5505 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 5506 * Or %NULL on error. 5507 */ 5508 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5509 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5510 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 5511 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5512 gfp_t gfp); 5513 5514 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5515 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5516 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5517 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 5518 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5519 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5520 { 5521 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5522 .chan = rx_channel, 5523 .scan_width = scan_width, 5524 .signal = signal, 5525 }; 5526 5527 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 5528 } 5529 5530 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5531 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5532 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5533 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5534 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5535 { 5536 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5537 .chan = rx_channel, 5538 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5539 .signal = signal, 5540 }; 5541 5542 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 5543 } 5544 5545 /** 5546 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 5547 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 5548 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 5549 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 5550 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 5551 */ 5552 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 5553 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 5554 { 5555 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 5556 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 5557 u64 new_bssid_u64; 5558 5559 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 5560 5561 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 5562 5563 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 5564 } 5565 5566 /** 5567 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 5568 * @element: element to check 5569 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 5570 */ 5571 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 5572 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 5573 5574 /** 5575 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 5576 * @ie: ies 5577 * @ielen: length of IEs 5578 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 5579 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 5580 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 5581 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 5582 */ 5583 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5584 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 5585 const struct element *sub_elem, 5586 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 5587 5588 /** 5589 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 5590 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 5591 * from a beacon or probe response 5592 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 5593 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 5594 */ 5595 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 5596 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 5597 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 5598 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 5599 }; 5600 5601 /** 5602 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 5603 * 5604 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 5605 * @data: the BSS metadata 5606 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 5607 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 5608 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 5609 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 5610 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 5611 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 5612 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 5613 * @gfp: context flags 5614 * 5615 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 5616 * the BSS should be updated/added. 5617 * 5618 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 5619 * Or %NULL on error. 5620 */ 5621 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5622 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5623 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 5624 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5625 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5626 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5627 gfp_t gfp); 5628 5629 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5630 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5631 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5632 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 5633 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5634 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5635 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5636 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5637 { 5638 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5639 .chan = rx_channel, 5640 .scan_width = scan_width, 5641 .signal = signal, 5642 }; 5643 5644 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 5645 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 5646 gfp); 5647 } 5648 5649 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5650 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5651 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5652 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5653 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5654 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5655 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5656 { 5657 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5658 .chan = rx_channel, 5659 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5660 .signal = signal, 5661 }; 5662 5663 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 5664 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 5665 gfp); 5666 } 5667 5668 /** 5669 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 5670 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5671 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 5672 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 5673 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 5674 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 5675 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 5676 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 5677 */ 5678 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5679 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 5680 const u8 *bssid, 5681 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 5682 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 5683 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); 5684 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 5685 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5686 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 5687 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 5688 { 5689 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 5690 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 5691 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 5692 } 5693 5694 /** 5695 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 5696 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5697 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 5698 * 5699 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 5700 */ 5701 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5702 5703 /** 5704 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 5705 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5706 * @bss: the BSS struct 5707 * 5708 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 5709 */ 5710 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5711 5712 /** 5713 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 5714 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5715 * @bss: the bss to remove 5716 * 5717 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 5718 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 5719 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 5720 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 5721 */ 5722 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5723 5724 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width 5725 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 5726 { 5727 switch (chandef->width) { 5728 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5729 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5; 5730 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 5731 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10; 5732 default: 5733 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20; 5734 } 5735 } 5736 5737 /** 5738 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 5739 * @dev: network device 5740 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 5741 * @len: length of the frame data 5742 * 5743 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 5744 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 5745 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 5746 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 5747 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 5748 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 5749 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 5750 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 5751 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 5752 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 5753 * 5754 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5755 */ 5756 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5757 5758 /** 5759 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 5760 * @dev: network device 5761 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 5762 * 5763 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 5764 * mutex. 5765 */ 5766 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 5767 5768 /** 5769 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 5770 * @dev: network device 5771 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer 5772 * moves to cfg80211 in this call 5773 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 5774 * @len: length of the frame data 5775 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 5776 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 5777 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 5778 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 5779 * 5780 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 5781 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 5782 * 5783 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5784 */ 5785 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 5786 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 5787 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 5788 int uapsd_queues, 5789 const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len); 5790 5791 /** 5792 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association 5793 * @dev: network device 5794 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out. 5795 * 5796 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5797 */ 5798 void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5799 5800 /** 5801 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt 5802 * @dev: network device 5803 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned. 5804 * 5805 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX, 5806 * an association attempt was abandoned. 5807 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5808 */ 5809 void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5810 5811 /** 5812 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 5813 * @dev: network device 5814 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 5815 * @len: length of the frame data 5816 * 5817 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 5818 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 5819 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 5820 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 5821 */ 5822 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5823 5824 /** 5825 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 5826 * @dev: network device 5827 * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body) 5828 * @len: length of the frame data 5829 * 5830 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 5831 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 5832 * frame was not protected. This function may sleep. 5833 */ 5834 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 5835 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5836 5837 /** 5838 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 5839 * @dev: network device 5840 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 5841 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 5842 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 5843 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 5844 * @gfp: allocation flags 5845 * 5846 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 5847 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 5848 * primitive. 5849 */ 5850 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 5851 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 5852 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 5853 5854 /** 5855 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 5856 * 5857 * @dev: network device 5858 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 5859 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 5860 * @gfp: allocation flags 5861 * 5862 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 5863 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 5864 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 5865 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 5866 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 5867 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 5868 */ 5869 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 5870 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 5871 5872 /** 5873 * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate 5874 * 5875 * @dev: network device 5876 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 5877 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 5878 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 5879 * @gfp: allocation flags 5880 * 5881 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 5882 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 5883 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 5884 */ 5885 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 5886 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 5887 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 5888 5889 /** 5890 * DOC: RFkill integration 5891 * 5892 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 5893 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 5894 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 5895 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are 5896 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 5897 * 5898 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 5899 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 5900 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 5901 */ 5902 5903 /** 5904 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 5905 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5906 * @blocked: block status 5907 */ 5908 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked); 5909 5910 /** 5911 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 5912 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5913 */ 5914 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5915 5916 /** 5917 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 5918 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5919 */ 5920 void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5921 5922 /** 5923 * DOC: Vendor commands 5924 * 5925 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 5926 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 5927 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 5928 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 5929 * the configuration mechanism. 5930 * 5931 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 5932 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an 5933 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 5934 * 5935 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 5936 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 5937 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 5938 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 5939 * managers etc. need. 5940 */ 5941 5942 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5943 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 5944 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 5945 int approxlen); 5946 5947 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5948 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5949 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 5950 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 5951 unsigned int portid, 5952 int vendor_event_idx, 5953 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 5954 5955 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 5956 5957 /** 5958 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 5959 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5960 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 5961 * be put into the skb 5962 * 5963 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 5964 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 5965 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 5966 * 5967 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 5968 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 5969 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 5970 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 5971 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 5972 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 5973 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 5974 * 5975 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 5976 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 5977 * 5978 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 5979 */ 5980 static inline struct sk_buff * 5981 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 5982 { 5983 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 5984 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 5985 } 5986 5987 /** 5988 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 5989 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 5990 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 5991 * 5992 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 5993 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 5994 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 5995 * skb regardless of the return value. 5996 * 5997 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 5998 */ 5999 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 6000 6001 /** 6002 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender 6003 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6004 * 6005 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 6006 * Valid to call only there. 6007 */ 6008 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6009 6010 /** 6011 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 6012 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6013 * @wdev: the wireless device 6014 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6015 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6016 * be put into the skb 6017 * @gfp: allocation flags 6018 * 6019 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6020 * vendor-specific multicast group. 6021 * 6022 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6023 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6024 * attribute. 6025 * 6026 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6027 * skb to send the event. 6028 * 6029 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6030 */ 6031 static inline struct sk_buff * 6032 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6033 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6034 { 6035 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6036 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6037 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6038 } 6039 6040 /** 6041 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 6042 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6043 * @wdev: the wireless device 6044 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6045 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 6046 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6047 * be put into the skb 6048 * @gfp: allocation flags 6049 * 6050 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 6051 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 6052 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 6053 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 6054 * 6055 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6056 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6057 * attribute. 6058 * 6059 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6060 * skb to send the event. 6061 * 6062 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6063 */ 6064 static inline struct sk_buff * 6065 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6066 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6067 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 6068 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6069 { 6070 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6071 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6072 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6073 } 6074 6075 /** 6076 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 6077 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 6078 * @gfp: allocation flags 6079 * 6080 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 6081 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 6082 */ 6083 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 6084 { 6085 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 6086 } 6087 6088 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 6089 /** 6090 * DOC: Test mode 6091 * 6092 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 6093 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 6094 * factory programming. 6095 * 6096 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more 6097 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 6098 */ 6099 6100 /** 6101 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 6102 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6103 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6104 * be put into the skb 6105 * 6106 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6107 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6108 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 6109 * 6110 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 6111 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6112 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6113 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6114 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6115 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 6116 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 6117 * 6118 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 6119 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 6120 * 6121 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6122 */ 6123 static inline struct sk_buff * 6124 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6125 { 6126 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 6127 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 6128 } 6129 6130 /** 6131 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 6132 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6133 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 6134 * 6135 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6136 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 6137 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 6138 * regardless of the return value. 6139 * 6140 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 6141 */ 6142 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 6143 { 6144 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 6145 } 6146 6147 /** 6148 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 6149 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6150 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6151 * be put into the skb 6152 * @gfp: allocation flags 6153 * 6154 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6155 * testmode multicast group. 6156 * 6157 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 6158 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 6159 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 6160 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 6161 * in any other way. 6162 * 6163 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 6164 * skb to send the event. 6165 * 6166 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6167 */ 6168 static inline struct sk_buff * 6169 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 6170 { 6171 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 6172 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 6173 approxlen, gfp); 6174 } 6175 6176 /** 6177 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 6178 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6179 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 6180 * @gfp: allocation flags 6181 * 6182 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 6183 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 6184 * consumes it. 6185 */ 6186 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 6187 { 6188 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 6189 } 6190 6191 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 6192 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 6193 #else 6194 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 6195 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 6196 #endif 6197 6198 /** 6199 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 6200 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 6201 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 6202 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 6203 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 6204 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 6205 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 6206 * status for a FILS connection. 6207 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 6208 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 6209 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 6210 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 6211 */ 6212 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 6213 const u8 *kek; 6214 size_t kek_len; 6215 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 6216 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 6217 const u8 *pmk; 6218 size_t pmk_len; 6219 const u8 *pmkid; 6220 }; 6221 6222 /** 6223 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 6224 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6225 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6226 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 6227 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 6228 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 6229 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 6230 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 6231 * case. 6232 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL) 6233 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 6234 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). Only one parameter among @bssid and 6235 * @bss needs to be specified. 6236 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 6237 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 6238 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6239 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 6240 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 6241 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 6242 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 6243 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 6244 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 6245 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 6246 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 6247 */ 6248 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 6249 int status; 6250 const u8 *bssid; 6251 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 6252 const u8 *req_ie; 6253 size_t req_ie_len; 6254 const u8 *resp_ie; 6255 size_t resp_ie_len; 6256 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 6257 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 6258 }; 6259 6260 /** 6261 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6262 * 6263 * @dev: network device 6264 * @params: connection response parameters 6265 * @gfp: allocation flags 6266 * 6267 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6268 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6269 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 6270 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 6271 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 6272 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6273 */ 6274 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 6275 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 6276 gfp_t gfp); 6277 6278 /** 6279 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6280 * 6281 * @dev: network device 6282 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6283 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained 6284 * through cfg80211_get_bss (may be %NULL) 6285 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6286 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6287 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6288 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6289 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6290 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6291 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 6292 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 6293 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 6294 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 6295 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 6296 * case. 6297 * @gfp: allocation flags 6298 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 6299 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 6300 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 6301 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 6302 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 6303 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 6304 * 6305 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6306 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6307 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 6308 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 6309 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6310 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6311 */ 6312 static inline void 6313 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6314 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 6315 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 6316 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 6317 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 6318 { 6319 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 6320 6321 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 6322 params.status = status; 6323 params.bssid = bssid; 6324 params.bss = bss; 6325 params.req_ie = req_ie; 6326 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 6327 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 6328 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 6329 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 6330 6331 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 6332 } 6333 6334 /** 6335 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6336 * 6337 * @dev: network device 6338 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6339 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6340 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6341 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6342 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6343 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6344 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6345 * the real status code for failures. 6346 * @gfp: allocation flags 6347 * 6348 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6349 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6350 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 6351 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6352 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6353 */ 6354 static inline void 6355 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6356 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 6357 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 6358 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 6359 { 6360 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 6361 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 6362 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 6363 } 6364 6365 /** 6366 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 6367 * 6368 * @dev: network device 6369 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6370 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6371 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6372 * @gfp: allocation flags 6373 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 6374 * 6375 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 6376 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 6377 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 6378 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 6379 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 6380 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6381 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6382 */ 6383 static inline void 6384 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6385 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 6386 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 6387 { 6388 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 6389 gfp, timeout_reason); 6390 } 6391 6392 /** 6393 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 6394 * 6395 * @channel: the channel of the new AP 6396 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set) 6397 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set) 6398 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6399 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6400 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6401 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6402 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 6403 */ 6404 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 6405 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 6406 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 6407 const u8 *bssid; 6408 const u8 *req_ie; 6409 size_t req_ie_len; 6410 const u8 *resp_ie; 6411 size_t resp_ie_len; 6412 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 6413 }; 6414 6415 /** 6416 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 6417 * 6418 * @dev: network device 6419 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 6420 * @gfp: allocation flags 6421 * 6422 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 6423 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 6424 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 6425 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 6426 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 6427 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 6428 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 6429 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 6430 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 6431 * released while diconneting from the current bss. 6432 */ 6433 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 6434 gfp_t gfp); 6435 6436 /** 6437 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 6438 * 6439 * @dev: network device 6440 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6441 * @gfp: allocation flags 6442 * 6443 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 6444 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 6445 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 6446 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 6447 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 6448 * indicate the 802.11 association. 6449 */ 6450 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6451 gfp_t gfp); 6452 6453 /** 6454 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 6455 * 6456 * @dev: network device 6457 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 6458 * @ie_len: length of IEs 6459 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 6460 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 6461 * @gfp: allocation flags 6462 * 6463 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 6464 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 6465 */ 6466 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 6467 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 6468 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 6469 6470 /** 6471 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 6472 * @wdev: wireless device 6473 * @cookie: the request cookie 6474 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 6475 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 6476 * channel 6477 * @gfp: allocation flags 6478 */ 6479 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6480 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 6481 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 6482 6483 /** 6484 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 6485 * @wdev: wireless device 6486 * @cookie: the request cookie 6487 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 6488 * @gfp: allocation flags 6489 */ 6490 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6491 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 6492 gfp_t gfp); 6493 6494 /** 6495 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 6496 * 6497 * @sinfo: the station information 6498 * @gfp: allocation flags 6499 */ 6500 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6501 6502 /** 6503 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 6504 * @sinfo: the station information 6505 * 6506 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 6507 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 6508 * the stack.) 6509 */ 6510 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 6511 { 6512 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 6513 } 6514 6515 /** 6516 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 6517 * 6518 * @dev: the netdev 6519 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6520 * @sinfo: the station information 6521 * @gfp: allocation flags 6522 */ 6523 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6524 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6525 6526 /** 6527 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 6528 * @dev: the netdev 6529 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6530 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 6531 * @gfp: allocation flags 6532 */ 6533 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6534 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6535 6536 /** 6537 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 6538 * 6539 * @dev: the netdev 6540 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6541 * @gfp: allocation flags 6542 */ 6543 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 6544 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 6545 { 6546 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 6547 } 6548 6549 /** 6550 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 6551 * 6552 * @dev: the netdev 6553 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6554 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 6555 * @gfp: allocation flags 6556 * 6557 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 6558 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 6559 * for some reasons, this function is called. 6560 * 6561 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 6562 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 6563 */ 6564 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6565 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 6566 gfp_t gfp); 6567 6568 /** 6569 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 6570 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 6571 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 6572 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 6573 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 6574 * @len: length of the frame data 6575 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 6576 * 6577 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 6578 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 6579 * 6580 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 6581 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 6582 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 6583 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 6584 */ 6585 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm, 6586 const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags); 6587 6588 /** 6589 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 6590 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 6591 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 6592 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 6593 * @len: length of the frame data 6594 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 6595 * @gfp: context flags 6596 * 6597 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 6598 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 6599 * transmission attempt. 6600 */ 6601 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6602 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp); 6603 6604 6605 /** 6606 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 6607 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6608 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 6609 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 6610 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 6611 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 6612 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 6613 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 6614 * 6615 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 6616 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 6617 * control port frames over nl80211. 6618 * 6619 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 6620 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 6621 * 6622 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 6623 */ 6624 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, 6625 struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted); 6626 6627 /** 6628 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 6629 * @dev: network device 6630 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 6631 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 6632 * @gfp: context flags 6633 * 6634 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 6635 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 6636 */ 6637 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6638 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 6639 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 6640 6641 /** 6642 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 6643 * @dev: network device 6644 * @peer: peer's MAC address 6645 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 6646 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 6647 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 6648 * @gfp: context flags 6649 */ 6650 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6651 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 6652 6653 /** 6654 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 6655 * @dev: network device 6656 * @peer: peer's MAC address 6657 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 6658 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 6659 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 6660 * @gfp: context flags 6661 * 6662 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 6663 * given interval is exceeded. 6664 */ 6665 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 6666 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 6667 6668 /** 6669 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 6670 * @dev: network device 6671 * @gfp: context flags 6672 * 6673 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 6674 */ 6675 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 6676 6677 /** 6678 * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 6679 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6680 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 6681 * @gfp: context flags 6682 * 6683 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 6684 */ 6685 void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6686 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp); 6687 6688 /** 6689 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 6690 * @dev: network device 6691 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 6692 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 6693 * @gfp: context flags 6694 * 6695 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 6696 * frame. 6697 */ 6698 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 6699 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 6700 gfp_t gfp); 6701 6702 /** 6703 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 6704 * @netdev: network device 6705 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 6706 * @event: type of event 6707 * @gfp: context flags 6708 * 6709 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 6710 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 6711 * also by full-MAC drivers. 6712 */ 6713 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 6714 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6715 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); 6716 6717 6718 /** 6719 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 6720 * @dev: network device 6721 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 6722 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 6723 * @gfp: allocation flags 6724 */ 6725 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6726 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 6727 6728 /** 6729 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 6730 * @dev: network device 6731 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 6732 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 6733 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 6734 * @gfp: allocation flags 6735 */ 6736 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 6737 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 6738 6739 /** 6740 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 6741 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6742 * @addr: the transmitter address 6743 * @gfp: context flags 6744 * 6745 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 6746 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 6747 * sender. 6748 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 6749 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 6750 */ 6751 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 6752 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 6753 6754 /** 6755 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 6756 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6757 * @addr: the transmitter address 6758 * @gfp: context flags 6759 * 6760 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 6761 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 6762 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 6763 * station to avoid event flooding. 6764 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 6765 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 6766 */ 6767 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 6768 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 6769 6770 /** 6771 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 6772 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 6773 * @addr: the address of the peer 6774 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 6775 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 6776 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 6777 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 6778 * @gfp: allocation flags 6779 */ 6780 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 6781 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 6782 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 6783 6784 /** 6785 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 6786 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 6787 * @frame: the frame 6788 * @len: length of the frame 6789 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 6790 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 6791 * 6792 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 6793 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 6794 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 6795 */ 6796 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6797 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 6798 int freq, int sig_dbm); 6799 6800 /** 6801 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 6802 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6803 * @chandef: the channel definition 6804 * @iftype: interface type 6805 * 6806 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 6807 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 6808 */ 6809 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6810 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6811 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 6812 6813 /** 6814 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 6815 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6816 * @chandef: the channel definition 6817 * @iftype: interface type 6818 * 6819 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 6820 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 6821 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 6822 * more permissive conditions. 6823 * 6824 * Requires the RTNL to be held. 6825 */ 6826 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6827 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6828 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 6829 6830 /* 6831 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 6832 * @dev: the device which switched channels 6833 * @chandef: the new channel definition 6834 * 6835 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable 6836 * driver context! 6837 */ 6838 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6839 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 6840 6841 /* 6842 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 6843 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 6844 * @chandef: the future channel definition 6845 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 6846 * 6847 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 6848 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 6849 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 6850 */ 6851 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6852 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6853 u8 count); 6854 6855 /** 6856 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 6857 * 6858 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 6859 * @band: band pointer to fill 6860 * 6861 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 6862 */ 6863 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 6864 enum nl80211_band *band); 6865 6866 /** 6867 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 6868 * 6869 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 6870 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 6871 * 6872 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 6873 */ 6874 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6875 u8 *op_class); 6876 6877 /* 6878 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 6879 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 6880 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 6881 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 6882 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 6883 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 6884 * @gfp: allocation flags 6885 * 6886 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 6887 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 6888 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 6889 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 6890 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 6891 */ 6892 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 6893 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 6894 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 6895 6896 /* 6897 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 6898 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 6899 * 6900 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 6901 */ 6902 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 6903 6904 /** 6905 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 6906 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 6907 * 6908 * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned, 6909 * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that 6910 * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function 6911 * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by 6912 * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also 6913 * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. 6914 * when the device is unbound from the driver. 6915 * 6916 * Requires the RTNL to be held. 6917 */ 6918 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 6919 6920 /** 6921 * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements 6922 * @ies: FT IEs 6923 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 6924 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 6925 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 6926 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 6927 */ 6928 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 6929 const u8 *ies; 6930 size_t ies_len; 6931 const u8 *target_ap; 6932 const u8 *ric_ies; 6933 size_t ric_ies_len; 6934 }; 6935 6936 /** 6937 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 6938 * @netdev: network device 6939 * @ft_event: IE information 6940 */ 6941 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 6942 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 6943 6944 /** 6945 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 6946 * @ies: the input IE buffer 6947 * @len: the input length 6948 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 6949 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 6950 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 6951 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 6952 * 6953 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 6954 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 6955 * 6956 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 6957 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 6958 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 6959 */ 6960 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 6961 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 6962 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 6963 6964 /** 6965 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 6966 * @ies: the IE buffer 6967 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 6968 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 6969 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 6970 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 6971 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 6972 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 6973 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 6974 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 6975 * 6976 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 6977 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 6978 * split. 6979 * 6980 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 6981 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 6982 * 6983 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 6984 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 6985 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 6986 * 6987 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 6988 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 6989 * of the buffer should be used. 6990 */ 6991 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 6992 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 6993 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 6994 size_t offset); 6995 6996 /** 6997 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 6998 * @ies: the IE buffer 6999 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 7000 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 7001 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 7002 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 7003 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 7004 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 7005 * 7006 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 7007 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 7008 * split. 7009 * 7010 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 7011 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 7012 * 7013 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 7014 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 7015 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 7016 * 7017 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 7018 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 7019 * of the buffer should be used. 7020 */ 7021 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 7022 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 7023 { 7024 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 7025 } 7026 7027 /** 7028 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 7029 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 7030 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 7031 * @gfp: allocation flags 7032 * 7033 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 7034 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 7035 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 7036 * else caused the wakeup. 7037 */ 7038 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7039 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 7040 gfp_t gfp); 7041 7042 /** 7043 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 7044 * 7045 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 7046 * @gfp: allocation flags 7047 * 7048 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 7049 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 7050 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 7051 */ 7052 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 7053 7054 /** 7055 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 7056 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7057 * 7058 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 7059 */ 7060 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7061 7062 /** 7063 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 7064 * 7065 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7066 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 7067 * 7068 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 7069 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 7070 * the interface combinations. 7071 */ 7072 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7073 struct iface_combination_params *params); 7074 7075 /** 7076 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 7077 * 7078 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7079 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 7080 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 7081 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 7082 * 7083 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 7084 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 7085 * purposes. 7086 */ 7087 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7088 struct iface_combination_params *params, 7089 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 7090 void *data), 7091 void *data); 7092 7093 /* 7094 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 7095 * 7096 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7097 * @wdev: wireless device 7098 * @gfp: context flags 7099 * 7100 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 7101 * disconnected. 7102 * 7103 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 7104 */ 7105 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7106 gfp_t gfp); 7107 7108 /** 7109 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 7110 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 7111 * 7112 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 7113 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 7114 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 7115 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 7116 * 7117 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 7118 * the driver while the function is running. 7119 */ 7120 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7121 7122 /** 7123 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 7124 * 7125 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 7126 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 7127 * 7128 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 7129 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 7130 */ 7131 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7132 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 7133 { 7134 u8 *ft_byte; 7135 7136 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 7137 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 7138 } 7139 7140 /** 7141 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 7142 * 7143 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 7144 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 7145 * 7146 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 7147 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 7148 */ 7149 static inline bool 7150 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7151 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 7152 { 7153 u8 ft_byte; 7154 7155 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 7156 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 7157 } 7158 7159 /** 7160 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 7161 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 7162 * 7163 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 7164 */ 7165 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 7166 7167 /** 7168 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 7169 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 7170 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 7171 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 7172 * result. 7173 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 7174 * @inst_id: the local instance id 7175 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 7176 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 7177 * @info_len: the length of the &info 7178 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 7179 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 7180 */ 7181 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 7182 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 7183 u8 inst_id; 7184 u8 peer_inst_id; 7185 const u8 *addr; 7186 u8 info_len; 7187 const u8 *info; 7188 u64 cookie; 7189 }; 7190 7191 /** 7192 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 7193 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 7194 * @match: match notification parameters 7195 * @gfp: allocation flags 7196 * 7197 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 7198 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 7199 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 7200 */ 7201 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7202 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 7203 7204 /** 7205 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 7206 * 7207 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 7208 * @inst_id: the local instance id 7209 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 7210 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 7211 * @gfp: allocation flags 7212 * 7213 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 7214 */ 7215 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7216 u8 inst_id, 7217 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 7218 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 7219 7220 /* ethtool helper */ 7221 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 7222 7223 /** 7224 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 7225 * @netdev: network device 7226 * @params: External authentication parameters 7227 * @gfp: allocation flags 7228 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 7229 */ 7230 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 7231 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 7232 gfp_t gfp); 7233 7234 /** 7235 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 7236 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 7237 * @req: the original measurement request 7238 * @result: the result data 7239 * @gfp: allocation flags 7240 */ 7241 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7242 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 7243 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 7244 gfp_t gfp); 7245 7246 /** 7247 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 7248 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 7249 * @req: the original measurement request 7250 * @gfp: allocation flags 7251 * 7252 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 7253 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 7254 */ 7255 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7256 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 7257 gfp_t gfp); 7258 7259 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 7260 7261 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 7262 7263 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 7264 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7265 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7266 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7267 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7268 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7269 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7270 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7271 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7272 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7273 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7274 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7275 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7276 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7277 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7278 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7279 7280 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7281 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7282 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7283 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7284 7285 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7286 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 7287 7288 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7289 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7290 7291 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 7292 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 7293 #else 7294 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7295 ({ \ 7296 if (0) \ 7297 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 7298 0; \ 7299 }) 7300 #endif 7301 7302 /* 7303 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 7304 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 7305 * file/line information and a backtrace. 7306 */ 7307 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7308 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 7309 7310 /** 7311 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 7312 * @netdev: network device 7313 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 7314 * @gfp: allocation flags 7315 */ 7316 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7317 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 7318 gfp_t gfp); 7319 7320 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 7321